]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/w32fns.c
Update copyright year to 2015
[gnu-emacs] / src / w32fns.c
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
21
22 #include <config.h>
23
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
31
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
49
50 #include "w32common.h"
51
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #include <mbstring.h>
55 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
56
57 #if CYGWIN
58 #include "cygw32.h"
59 #else
60 #include "w32.h"
61 #endif
62
63 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
64
65 #include <commctrl.h>
66 #include <commdlg.h>
67 #include <shellapi.h>
68 #include <ctype.h>
69 #include <winspool.h>
70 #include <objbase.h>
71
72 #include <dlgs.h>
73 #include <imm.h>
74
75 #include "font.h"
76 #include "w32font.h"
77
78 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
79 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
80 #endif
81
82 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
83 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
84
85 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
86 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
87 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
88 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
89 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
90 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
91
92 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
93 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
94
95 #ifndef IDC_HAND
96 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
97 #endif
98
99 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
100 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
101 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
102 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
103 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
104 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
105 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
106 Lisp_Object Qalt;
107 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
108 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
109 Lisp_Object Qshift;
110 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
111
112
113 /* Prefix for system colors. */
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
115 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
116
117 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
118 #define LMOUSE 1
119 #define MMOUSE 2
120 #define RMOUSE 4
121
122 static int button_state = 0;
123 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
124 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
125 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
126 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
127
128 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
129 static HWND track_mouse_window;
130
131 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
132 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
133 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
134 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
135 #endif
136 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
137 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
138 #endif
139 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
140 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
141 #endif
142 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
143 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
144 #endif
145 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
146 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
147 struct MONITOR_INFO
148 {
149 DWORD cbSize;
150 RECT rcMonitor;
151 RECT rcWork;
152 DWORD dwFlags;
153 };
154
155 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
156 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
157 #endif
158 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
159 {
160 DWORD cbSize;
161 RECT rcMonitor;
162 RECT rcWork;
163 DWORD dwFlags;
164 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
165 };
166
167 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
168 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
169 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
170 #endif
171
172 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
173 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
174 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
175 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
176 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
178 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
179 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
180 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
181 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
182 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
183 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
184 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
185 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
186 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
187 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
188 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
189
190 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
192 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
194 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
195 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
196 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
197 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
198 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
199
200 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
201 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
202 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
203 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
204 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
205
206 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
207 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
208
209 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
210 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
211
212 /* Timers */
213 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
214 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
215 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
216 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
217 is received. */
218 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
219 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
220
221 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
222 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
223 #endif
224
225 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
226
227 static int w32_unicode_gui;
228
229 /* From w32menu.c */
230 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
231 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
232
233 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
234 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
235 extern int uniscribe_available;
236
237 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
238 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
239 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
240
241 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
242 /* From w32inevt.c */
243 extern int faked_key;
244 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
245
246 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
247 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
248
249 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
250 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
251
252 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
253
254 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
255 int w32_major_version;
256 int w32_minor_version;
257 int w32_build_number;
258
259 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
260 int os_subtype;
261
262 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
263 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
264 #endif
265
266 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
267 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
268
269 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
270 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
271 the first display on the list. */
272
273 struct w32_display_info *
274 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
275 {
276 if (NILP (frame))
277 {
278 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
279
280 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
281 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
282 else
283 return &one_w32_display_info;
284 }
285 else if (STRINGP (frame))
286 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
287 else
288 {
289 struct frame *f;
290
291 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
292 f = XFRAME (frame);
293 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
294 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
295 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
296 }
297 }
298 \f
299 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
300 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
301
302 struct frame *
303 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
304 {
305 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
306 struct frame *f;
307
308 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
309 {
310 f = XFRAME (frame);
311 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
312 continue;
313
314 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
315 return f;
316 }
317 return 0;
318 }
319
320 \f
321 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
323 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
324 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
325
326 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
327 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
338 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
339
340
341 \f
342
343 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
344 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
345 not Emacs's own window. */
346
347 void
348 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
349 {
350 POINT pt;
351 RECT rect;
352
353 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
354 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
355
356 pt.x = 0;
357 pt.y = 0;
358
359 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
360 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
361
362 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
363 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
364 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
365
366 *xptr = rect.left;
367 *yptr = rect.top;
368 }
369
370 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
371 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
372 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
373 monitor to the window is chosen. */
374
375 void
376 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
377 {
378 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
379 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
380 {
381 HMONITOR monitor =
382 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
383 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
384 }
385 else
386 {
387 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
389 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
390 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
391 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
393 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
394 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
395 }
396
397 switch (fsmode)
398 {
399 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
400 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
401 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
402 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
403 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
404 break;
405 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
406 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
407 rect->top = normal.top;
408 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
409 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
410 break;
411 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
412 rect->left = normal.left;
413 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
414 rect->right = normal.right;
415 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
416 break;
417 default:
418 *rect = normal;
419 break;
420 }
421 }
422
423 \f
424
425 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
426 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
427 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
428 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
429 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
430 if the entry is new. */)
431 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
432 {
433 Lisp_Object rgb;
434 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
435 Lisp_Object entry;
436
437 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
438 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
439 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
440 CHECK_STRING (name);
441
442 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
443
444 block_input ();
445
446 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
447 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
448 if (NILP (entry))
449 {
450 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
451 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
452 }
453 else
454 {
455 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
456 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
457 }
458
459 unblock_input ();
460
461 return (oldrgb);
462 }
463
464 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
465 typedef struct colormap_t
466 {
467 char *name;
468 COLORREF colorref;
469 } colormap_t;
470
471 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
472 {
473 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
474 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
475 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
476 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
477 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
478 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
479 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
480 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
481 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
482 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
483 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
484 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
485 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
486 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
487 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
488 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
489 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
490 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
491 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
492 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
493 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
494 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
495 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
496 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
497 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
498 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
499 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
500 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
501 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
502 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
503 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
504 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
505 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
506 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
507 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
508 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
509 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
510 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
511 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
512 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
513 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
514 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
515 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
516 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
517 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
518 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
519 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
520 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
521 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
522 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
523 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
524 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
525 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
526 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
527 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
528 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
529 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
530 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
531 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
532 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
533 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
534 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
535 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
536 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
537 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
538 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
539 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
540 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
541 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
542 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
543 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
544 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
545 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
546 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
547 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
548 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
549 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
550 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
551 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
552 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
553 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
554 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
555 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
556 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
557 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
558 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
559 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
560 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
561 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
562 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
563 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
564 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
565 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
566 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
567 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
568 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
569 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
570 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
571 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
572 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
573 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
574 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
575 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
576 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
577 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
578 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
579 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
580 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
581 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
582 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
583 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
584 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
585 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
586 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
587 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
588 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
589 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
590 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
591 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
592 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
593 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
594 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
595 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
596 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
597 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
598 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
599 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
600 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
601 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
602 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
603 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
604 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
605 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
606 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
607 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
608 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
609 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
610 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
611 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
612 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
613 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
614 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
615 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
616 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
617 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
618 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
619 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
620 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
621 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
622 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
623 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
624 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
625 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
626 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
627 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
628 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
629 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
630 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
631 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
632 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
633 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
634 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
635 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
636 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
637 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
638 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
639 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
640 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
641 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
642 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
643 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
644 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
645 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
646 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
647 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
648 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
649 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
650 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
651 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
652 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
653 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
654 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
655 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
656 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
657 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
658 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
659 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
660 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
661 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
662 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
663 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
664 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
665 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
666 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
667 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
668 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
669 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
670 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
671 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
672 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
673 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
674 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
675 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
676 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
677 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
678 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
679 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
680 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
681 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
682 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
683 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
684 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
685 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
686 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
687 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
688 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
689 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
690 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
691 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
692 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
693 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
694 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
695 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
696 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
697 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
698 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
699 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
700 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
701 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
702 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
703 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
704 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
705 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
706 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
707 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
708 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
709 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
710 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
711 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
712 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
713 };
714
715 static Lisp_Object
716 w32_default_color_map (void)
717 {
718 int i;
719 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
720 Lisp_Object cmap;
721
722 block_input ();
723
724 cmap = Qnil;
725
726 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
727 pc++, i++)
728 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
729 make_number (pc->colorref)),
730 cmap);
731
732 unblock_input ();
733
734 return (cmap);
735 }
736
737 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
738 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
739 (void)
740 {
741 return w32_default_color_map ();
742 }
743
744 static Lisp_Object
745 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
746 {
747 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
748
749 block_input ();
750
751 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
752 {
753 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
754
755 elt = XCAR (tail);
756 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
757
758 tem = XCAR (elt);
759
760 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
761 {
762 ret = Fcdr (elt);
763 break;
764 }
765
766 QUIT;
767 }
768
769 unblock_input ();
770
771 return ret;
772 }
773
774
775 static void
776 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
777 {
778 HKEY colors_key;
779
780 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
781 block_input ();
782
783 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
784 settings. */
785 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
786 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
787 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
788 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
789 {
790 /* List all keys. */
791 char color_buffer[64];
792 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
793 int index = 0;
794 DWORD name_size, color_size;
795 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
796
797 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
798 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
799
800 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
801
802 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
803 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
804 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
805 {
806 int r, g, b;
807 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
808 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
809 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
810 *system_colors);
811
812 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
813 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
814 index++;
815 }
816 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
817 }
818
819 unblock_input ();
820 }
821
822
823 static Lisp_Object
824 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
825 {
826 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
827
828 block_input ();
829
830 if (colorname[0] == '#')
831 {
832 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
833 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
834 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
835
836 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
837 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
838 {
839 UINT colorval;
840 int i, pos;
841 pos = 0;
842 size /= 3;
843 colorval = 0;
844
845 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
846 {
847 char *end;
848 char t;
849 unsigned long value;
850
851 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
852 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
853 our numbers, and we don't. */
854 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
855 break;
856 t = color[size];
857 color[size] = '\0';
858 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
859 color[size] = t;
860 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
861 break;
862 switch (size)
863 {
864 case 1:
865 value = value * 0x10;
866 break;
867 case 2:
868 break;
869 case 3:
870 value /= 0x10;
871 break;
872 case 4:
873 value /= 0x100;
874 break;
875 }
876 colorval |= (value << pos);
877 pos += 0x8;
878 if (i == 2)
879 {
880 unblock_input ();
881 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
882 return ret;
883 }
884 color = end;
885 }
886 }
887 }
888 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
889 {
890 const char *color;
891 UINT colorval;
892 int i, pos;
893 pos = 0;
894
895 colorval = 0;
896 color = colorname + 4;
897 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
898 {
899 char *end;
900 unsigned long value;
901
902 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
903 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
904 our numbers, and we don't. */
905 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
906 break;
907 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
908 if (errno == ERANGE)
909 break;
910 switch (end - color)
911 {
912 case 1:
913 value = value * 0x10 + value;
914 break;
915 case 2:
916 break;
917 case 3:
918 value /= 0x10;
919 break;
920 case 4:
921 value /= 0x100;
922 break;
923 default:
924 value = ULONG_MAX;
925 }
926 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
927 break;
928 colorval |= (value << pos);
929 pos += 0x8;
930 if (i == 2)
931 {
932 if (*end != '\0')
933 break;
934 unblock_input ();
935 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
936 return ret;
937 }
938 if (*end != '/')
939 break;
940 color = end + 1;
941 }
942 }
943 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
944 {
945 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
946 const char *color;
947 UINT colorval;
948 int i, pos;
949 pos = 0;
950
951 colorval = 0;
952 color = colorname + 5;
953 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
954 {
955 char *end;
956 double value;
957 UINT val;
958
959 value = strtod (color, &end);
960 if (errno == ERANGE)
961 break;
962 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
963 break;
964 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
965 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
966 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
967 fixes the 1.0 case. */
968 if (val == 0x100)
969 val = 0xFF;
970 colorval |= (val << pos);
971 pos += 0x8;
972 if (i == 2)
973 {
974 if (*end != '\0')
975 break;
976 unblock_input ();
977 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
978 return ret;
979 }
980 if (*end != '/')
981 break;
982 color = end + 1;
983 }
984 }
985 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
986 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
987 RGB. */
988
989 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
990 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
991 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
992 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
993 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
994 if (NILP (ret))
995 {
996 int len = strlen (colorname);
997
998 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
999 {
1000 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1001
1002 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1003 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1004 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1005 *ptr-- = '\0';
1006
1007 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1008 }
1009 }
1010
1011 unblock_input ();
1012 return ret;
1013 }
1014
1015 void
1016 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1017 {
1018 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1019 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1020 HPALETTE new_palette;
1021 int i;
1022
1023 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1024 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1025 return;
1026
1027 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1028 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1029 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1030 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1031 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1032
1033 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1034 for (i = 0;
1035 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1036 i++, list = list->next)
1037 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1038
1039 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1040
1041 enter_crit ();
1042
1043 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1044 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1045 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1046
1047 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1048 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1049
1050 leave_crit ();
1051 }
1052
1053 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1054 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1055 do \
1056 { \
1057 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1058 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1059 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1060 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1061 } while (0)
1062
1063 #if 0
1064 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1065 void
1066 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1067 {
1068 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1069
1070 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1071 return;
1072
1073 /* check if color is already mapped */
1074 while (list)
1075 {
1076 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1077 {
1078 ++list->refcount;
1079 return;
1080 }
1081 list = list->next;
1082 }
1083
1084 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1085 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1086 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1087 list->refcount = 1;
1088 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1089 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1090 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1091
1092 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1093 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1094 }
1095
1096 void
1097 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1098 {
1099 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1100 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1101
1102 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1103 return;
1104
1105 /* check if color is already mapped */
1106 while (list)
1107 {
1108 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1109 {
1110 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1111 {
1112 *prev = list->next;
1113 xfree (list);
1114 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1115 break;
1116 }
1117 else
1118 return;
1119 }
1120 prev = &list->next;
1121 list = list->next;
1122 }
1123
1124 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1125 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1126 }
1127 #endif
1128
1129
1130 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1131
1132 void
1133 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1134 {
1135 if (f->gamma)
1136 {
1137 *color = PALETTERGB (
1138 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1139 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1140 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1141 }
1142 }
1143
1144
1145 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1146 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1147 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1148
1149 int
1150 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1151 {
1152 register Lisp_Object tem;
1153 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1154
1155 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1156
1157 if (!NILP (tem))
1158 {
1159 if (f)
1160 {
1161 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1162 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1163 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1164 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1165 }
1166
1167 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1168 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1169 {
1170 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1171 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1172 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1173 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1174
1175 /* check if color is already mapped */
1176 while (entry)
1177 {
1178 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1179 break;
1180 prev = &entry->next;
1181 entry = entry->next;
1182 }
1183
1184 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1185 {
1186 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1187 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1188 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1189 entry->next = NULL;
1190 *prev = entry;
1191 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1192
1193 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1194 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1195 }
1196 }
1197 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1198 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1199 or not the display device has a palette. */
1200 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1201
1202 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1203 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1204 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1205 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1206
1207 return 1;
1208 }
1209 else
1210 {
1211 return 0;
1212 }
1213 }
1214
1215 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1216 suitable for screen F.
1217 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1218 ARG says. */
1219
1220 int
1221 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1222 {
1223 XColor cdef;
1224
1225 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1226
1227 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1228 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1229 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1230 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1231
1232 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1233 return def;
1234
1235 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1236 by looking for a near-miss. */
1237 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1238 return cdef.pixel;
1239
1240 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1241 return def;
1242 }
1243 \f
1244
1245
1246 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1247 to set individual parameters.
1248
1249 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1250 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1251 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1252 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1253
1254 void
1255 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1256 {
1257 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1258 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1259
1260 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1261 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1262 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1263
1264 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1265 {
1266 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1267 {
1268 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1269 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1270 }
1271
1272 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1273 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1274 redraw_frame (f);
1275 }
1276 }
1277
1278 void
1279 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1280 {
1281 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1282 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1283
1284 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1285 {
1286 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1288
1289 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1290
1291 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1292 redraw_frame (f);
1293 }
1294 }
1295
1296 void
1297 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1298 {
1299 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1300 int count;
1301 int mask_color;
1302
1303 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1304 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1305 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1306 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1307
1308 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1309 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1310 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1311 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1312
1313 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1314 block_input ();
1315
1316 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1317 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1318
1319 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1320 {
1321 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1322 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1323 }
1324 else
1325 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1326 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1327
1328 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1329 {
1330 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1331 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1332 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1333 }
1334 else
1335 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1336 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1337
1338 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1339 {
1340 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1341 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1342 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1343 }
1344 else
1345 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1346 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1347
1348 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1349 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1350 {
1351 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1352 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1353 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1354 }
1355 else
1356 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1357 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1358
1359 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1360 {
1361 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1362 hand_cursor
1363 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1364 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1365 }
1366 else
1367 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1368
1369 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1370 {
1371 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1372 horizontal_drag_cursor
1373 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1374 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1375 }
1376 else
1377 horizontal_drag_cursor
1378 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1379
1380 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape))
1381 {
1382 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape);
1383 vertical_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1385 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape));
1386 }
1387 else
1388 vertical_drag_cursor
1389 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_v_double_arrow);
1390
1391 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1392 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1393 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1394
1395 {
1396 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1397
1398 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1399 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1400 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1401 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1402 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1403 &fore_color);
1404 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1405 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1406 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1407 &back_color);
1408 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1409 &fore_color, &back_color);
1410 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1411 &fore_color, &back_color);
1412 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1413 &fore_color, &back_color);
1414 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1415 &fore_color, &back_color);
1416 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1417 &fore_color, &back_color);
1418 }
1419
1420 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1421 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1422
1423 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1424 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1425 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1426
1427 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1428 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1429 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1430 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1431
1432 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1433 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1434 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1435 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1436
1437 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1438 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1439 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1440 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1441
1442 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1443 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1444 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1445 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1446
1447 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1448 unblock_input ();
1449
1450 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1451 #endif /* TODO */
1452 }
1453
1454 void
1455 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1456 {
1457 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1458
1459 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1460 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1461 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1462 else
1463 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1464
1465 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1466
1467 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1468 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1469 {
1470 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1471 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1472 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1473 }
1474
1475 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1476 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1477
1478 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1479 {
1480 block_input ();
1481 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1482 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1483 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1484
1485 unblock_input ();
1486
1487 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1488 {
1489 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1490 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1491 }
1492 }
1493
1494 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1498 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1499 F has a window. */
1500
1501 void
1502 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1503 {
1504
1505 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1506
1507 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1508 {
1509 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1510 redraw_frame (f);
1511 }
1512 }
1513
1514 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1515 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1516 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1517 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1518 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1519
1520 void
1521 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1522 {
1523 int pix;
1524
1525 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1526 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1527 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1528 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1529 }
1530
1531
1532 void
1533 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1534 {
1535 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1536 }
1537
1538 void
1539 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1540 {
1541 int result;
1542
1543 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1544 return;
1545
1546 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1547 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1548 return;
1549
1550 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1551 return;
1552
1553 block_input ();
1554
1555 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1556 if (result)
1557 {
1558 unblock_input ();
1559 error ("No icon window available");
1560 }
1561
1562 unblock_input ();
1563 }
1564
1565 void
1566 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1567 {
1568 if (STRINGP (arg))
1569 {
1570 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1571 return;
1572 }
1573 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1574 return;
1575
1576 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1577
1578 #if 0
1579 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1580 return;
1581
1582 block_input ();
1583
1584 result = x_text_icon (f,
1585 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1586 ? f->icon_name
1587 : !NILP (f->title)
1588 ? f->title
1589 : f->name)));
1590
1591 if (result)
1592 {
1593 unblock_input ();
1594 error ("No icon window available");
1595 }
1596
1597 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1598 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1599 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1600 {
1601 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1602 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1603 #endif
1604 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1605 }
1606
1607 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1608 unblock_input ();
1609 #endif
1610 }
1611
1612 \f
1613 void
1614 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1615 {
1616 int nlines;
1617
1618 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1619 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1620 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1621 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1622 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1623 return;
1624
1625 if (INTEGERP (value))
1626 nlines = XINT (value);
1627 else
1628 nlines = 0;
1629
1630 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1631 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
1632 if (nlines)
1633 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1634 else
1635 {
1636 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1637 free_frame_menubar (f);
1638 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1639
1640 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1641 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1642 set correctly. */
1643 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 1);
1644 do_pending_window_change (0);
1645 }
1646 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1647 }
1648
1649
1650 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1651 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1652 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1653 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1654 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1655 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1656
1657 void
1658 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1659 {
1660 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1661 int unit = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1662
1663 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1664 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1665 return;
1666
1667 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1668 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1669 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1670 else
1671 nlines = 0;
1672
1673 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1674 windows_or_buffers_changed = 23;
1675
1676 /* DELTA is in pixels now. */
1677 delta = (nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)) * unit;
1678
1679 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. Note: The
1680 calculations below and the subsequent call to resize_frame_windows
1681 are inherently flawed because they can make the toolbar higher than
1682 the containing frame. */
1683 if (delta > 0)
1684 {
1685 root_height = WINDOW_PIXEL_HEIGHT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
1686 if (root_height - delta < unit)
1687 {
1688 delta = root_height - unit;
1689 /* When creating a new frame and toolbar mode is enabled, we
1690 need at least one toolbar line. */
1691 nlines = max (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) + delta / unit, 1);
1692 }
1693 }
1694
1695 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1696 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1697 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1698 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f), 0, 1);
1699 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1700
1701 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1702 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1703 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1704 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1705 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1706 below the menu bar. */
1707 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f) == 0)
1708 {
1709 clear_frame (f);
1710 clear_current_matrices (f);
1711 }
1712
1713 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1714 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1715 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1716 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) != 0 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1717 {
1718 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1719 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1720 int y = nlines * unit;
1721 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1722
1723 block_input ();
1724 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1725 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1726 unblock_input ();
1727 }
1728
1729 if (delta < 0 && WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1730 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1731
1732 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1733 }
1734
1735
1736 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1737 w32_id_name.
1738
1739 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1740 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1741 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1742
1743 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1744 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1745 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1746
1747 void
1748 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1749 {
1750 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1751 Emacs redisplay code. */
1752 if (explicit)
1753 {
1754 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1755 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1756 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1757 update_mode_lines = 25;
1758
1759 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1760 }
1761 else if (f->explicit_name)
1762 return;
1763
1764 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1765 if (NILP (name))
1766 {
1767 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1768 before we do any consing. */
1769 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1770 SDATA (f->name)))
1771 return;
1772 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1773 }
1774 else
1775 CHECK_STRING (name);
1776
1777 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1778 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1779 return;
1780
1781 fset_name (f, name);
1782
1783 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1784 the name parameter. */
1785 if (! NILP (f->title))
1786 name = f->title;
1787
1788 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1789 {
1790 block_input ();
1791 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1792 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1793 unblock_input ();
1794 }
1795 }
1796
1797 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1798 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1799 redisplay code. */
1800 void
1801 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1802 {
1803 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1804 }
1805
1806 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1807 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1808 lisp code. */
1809 void
1810 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1811 {
1812 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1813 }
1814 \f
1815 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1816 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1817
1818 void
1819 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1820 {
1821 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1822 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1823 return;
1824
1825 update_mode_lines = 26;
1826
1827 fset_title (f, name);
1828
1829 if (NILP (name))
1830 name = f->name;
1831
1832 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1833 {
1834 block_input ();
1835 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1836 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1837 unblock_input ();
1838 }
1839 }
1840
1841 void
1842 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1843 {
1844 int unit = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1845
1846 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1847 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f)
1848 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + unit - 1) / unit;
1849 }
1850
1851 \f
1852 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1853
1854 Cursor
1855 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1856 {
1857 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1858 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1859 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1860 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1861 if (!cursor)
1862 {
1863 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1864 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1865 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1866 }
1867 return cursor;
1868 }
1869
1870 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1871
1872 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1873 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1874 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1875 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1876 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1877 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1878 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1879 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1880 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1881 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1882
1883 static BOOL
1884 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1885 {
1886 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1887 {
1888 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1889 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1890 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1891
1892 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1893 }
1894 else
1895 {
1896 WNDCLASS wc;
1897 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1898 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1899
1900 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1901 }
1902 }
1903
1904 static HWND
1905 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1906 {
1907 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1908 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1909 bar->left, bar->top, bar->width, bar->height,
1910 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1911 }
1912
1913 static void
1914 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f, int *coords)
1915 {
1916 HWND hwnd;
1917 RECT rect;
1918 int top;
1919 int left;
1920
1921 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1922 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1923 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1924
1925 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1926 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1927
1928 /* Do first time app init */
1929
1930 w32_init_class (hinst);
1931
1932 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1933 {
1934 left = f->left_pos;
1935 top = f->top_pos;
1936 }
1937 else
1938 {
1939 left = coords[0];
1940 top = coords[1];
1941 }
1942
1943 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1944 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1945 f->namebuf,
1946 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1947 left, top,
1948 rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top,
1949 NULL,
1950 NULL,
1951 hinst,
1952 NULL);
1953
1954 if (hwnd)
1955 {
1956 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1957 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1958 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1959 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f));
1960 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1961
1962 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1963 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1964
1965 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1966 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1967
1968 /* Update frame positions. */
1969 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1970 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1971 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1972 }
1973 }
1974
1975 static void
1976 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1977 {
1978 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1979 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1980 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1981 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1982 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1983
1984 post_msg (wmsg);
1985 }
1986
1987 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1988 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
1989 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
1990 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
1991 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
1992 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
1993 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
1994 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
1995 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
1996 on Swedish keyboards). */
1997
1998 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
1999 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2000 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2001 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2002
2003 static int modifiers[4];
2004 static int modifiers_recorded;
2005 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
2006
2007 static void
2008 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2009 {
2010 unsigned int l, r;
2011
2012 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2013 return;
2014 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2015 {
2016 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2017 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2018 }
2019 else
2020 {
2021 l = VK_LMENU;
2022 r = VK_RMENU;
2023 }
2024 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2025 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2026 else
2027 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2028 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2029 }
2030
2031 static void
2032 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2033 {
2034 int i;
2035
2036 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2037 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2038
2039 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2040 return;
2041
2042 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2043 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2044 else
2045 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2046
2047 modifiers[i] = 1;
2048 }
2049
2050 static void
2051 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2052 {
2053 int i;
2054
2055 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2056 return;
2057
2058 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2059 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2060 else
2061 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2062
2063 modifiers[i] = 0;
2064 }
2065
2066 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2067 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2068 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2069 static void
2070 reset_modifiers (void)
2071 {
2072 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2073
2074 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2075 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2076 return;
2077
2078 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2079 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2080
2081 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2082 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2083 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2084
2085 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2086 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2087 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2088
2089 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2090 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2091 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2092 {
2093 BYTE keystate[256];
2094
2095 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2096
2097 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
2098 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2099 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2100 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2101 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2102 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2103 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2104 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2105 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2106 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2107 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2108 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2109 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2110 }
2111 }
2112
2113 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2114 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2115 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2116 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2117 static void
2118 sync_modifiers (void)
2119 {
2120 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2121 return;
2122
2123 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2124 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2125
2126 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2127 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2128 }
2129
2130 static int
2131 modifier_set (int vkey)
2132 {
2133 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2134 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2135 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2136 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2137 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2138 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2139 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2140 {
2141 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2142 return 0;
2143 else
2144 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2145 }
2146 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2147 {
2148 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2149 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2150 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2151 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2152 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2153 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2154 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2155 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2156 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2157 return 0;
2158 else
2159 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2160 }
2161
2162 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2163 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2164
2165 switch (vkey)
2166 {
2167 case VK_LCONTROL:
2168 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2169 case VK_RCONTROL:
2170 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2171 case VK_LMENU:
2172 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2173 case VK_RMENU:
2174 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2175 }
2176 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2177 }
2178
2179 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2180 Emacs uses. */
2181
2182 unsigned int
2183 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2184 {
2185 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2186
2187 switch (key)
2188 {
2189 case VK_LWIN:
2190 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2191 break;
2192 case VK_RWIN:
2193 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2194 break;
2195 case VK_APPS:
2196 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2197 break;
2198 case VK_SCROLL:
2199 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2200 break;
2201 default:
2202 key_mapping = Qnil;
2203 }
2204
2205 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2206 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2207 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2208 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2209 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2210 markbits here. */
2211 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2212 return hyper_modifier;
2213 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2214 return super_modifier;
2215 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2216 return meta_modifier;
2217 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2218 return alt_modifier;
2219 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2220 return ctrl_modifier;
2221 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2222 return ctrl_modifier;
2223 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2224 return shift_modifier;
2225
2226 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2227 return 0;
2228 }
2229
2230 static unsigned int
2231 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2232 {
2233 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2234 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2235 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2236 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2237 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2238 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2239 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2240 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2241 }
2242
2243 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2244 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2245 and window input. */
2246
2247 static int
2248 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2249 {
2250 int mods;
2251
2252 mods = 0;
2253 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2254 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2255 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2256 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2257 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2258 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2259 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2260 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2261 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2262 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2263 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2264
2265 return mods;
2266 }
2267
2268 static int
2269 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2270 {
2271 int mods;
2272
2273 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2274 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2275
2276 return mods;
2277 }
2278
2279 unsigned int
2280 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2281 {
2282 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2283 return virt_key;
2284
2285 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2286 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2287
2288 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2289 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2290
2291 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2292 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2293
2294 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2295 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2296
2297 return virt_key;
2298 }
2299
2300 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2301 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2302 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2303 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2304 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2305
2306 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2307 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2308 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2309 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2310
2311 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2312 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2313 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2314
2315 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2316 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2317 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2318
2319 static void
2320 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2321 {
2322 Lisp_Object keylist;
2323
2324 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2325 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2326 {
2327 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2328
2329 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2330 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2331 continue;
2332
2333 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2334 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2335 }
2336 }
2337
2338 static void
2339 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2340 {
2341 Lisp_Object keylist;
2342
2343 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2344 {
2345 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2346
2347 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2348 continue;
2349
2350 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2351 }
2352 }
2353
2354 #if EMACSDEBUG
2355 const char*
2356 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2357 {
2358 unsigned i;
2359 static char buf[64];
2360 static const struct {
2361 UINT msg;
2362 const char* name;
2363 } msgnames[] = {
2364 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2365 M (WM_PAINT),
2366 M (WM_TIMER),
2367 M (WM_USER),
2368 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2369 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2370 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2371 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2372 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2373 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2374 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2375 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2376 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2377 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2378 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2379 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2380 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2383 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2384 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2385 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2386 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2387 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2388 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2389 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2390 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2391 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2392 M (WM_CHAR),
2393 #undef M
2394 { 0, 0 }
2395 };
2396
2397 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2398 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2399 return msgnames[i].name;
2400
2401 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2402 return buf;
2403 }
2404 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2405
2406 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2407 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2408 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2409
2410 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2411 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2412 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2413 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2414 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2415
2416 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2417 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2418 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2419 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2420
2421 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2422 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2423 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2424 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2425 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2426 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2427 input.
2428
2429 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2430 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2431
2432 */
2433
2434 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2435
2436 static void
2437 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2438 {
2439 MSG msg;
2440 WPARAM result;
2441 HWND focus_window;
2442
2443 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2444
2445 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2446 {
2447
2448 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2449 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2450
2451 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2452 {
2453 switch (msg.message)
2454 {
2455 case WM_NULL:
2456 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2457 break;
2458 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2459 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2460 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2461 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2462 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2463 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2464 and older versions will never be patched. */
2465 CoInitialize (NULL);
2466 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam,
2467 (int *) msg.lParam);
2468 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2469 emacs_abort ();
2470 break;
2471 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2472 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2473 /* Reply is not expected. */
2474 break;
2475 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2476 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2477 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2478 result, 0))
2479 emacs_abort ();
2480 break;
2481 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2482 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2483 if (focus_window != NULL)
2484 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2485 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2486 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2487 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2488 /* Reply is not expected. */
2489 break;
2490 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2491 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2492 if (focus_window != NULL)
2493 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2494 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2495 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2496 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2497 GC. */
2498 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2499 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2500 emacs_abort ();
2501 break;
2502 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2503 {
2504 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2505 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2506 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2507
2508 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2509 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2510 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2511 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2512 immediate values. */
2513 if (NILP (new_state)
2514 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2515 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2516 {
2517 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2518
2519 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2520 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2521 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2522 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2523 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2524 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2525 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2526 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2527 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2528 cur_state = !cur_state;
2529 }
2530 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2531 cur_state, 0))
2532 emacs_abort ();
2533 }
2534 break;
2535 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2536 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2537 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2538 default:
2539 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2540 #endif
2541 }
2542 }
2543 else
2544 {
2545 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2546 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2547 else
2548 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2549 }
2550
2551 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2552 if (msg_buf->completed)
2553 break;
2554 }
2555 }
2556
2557 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2558
2559 static deferred_msg *
2560 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2561 {
2562 deferred_msg * item;
2563
2564 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2565 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2566 /* enter_crit (); */
2567
2568 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2569 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2570 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2571 break;
2572
2573 /* leave_crit (); */
2574
2575 return item;
2576 }
2577
2578 static LRESULT
2579 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2580 HWND hwnd,
2581 UINT msg,
2582 WPARAM wParam,
2583 LPARAM lParam)
2584 {
2585 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2586 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2587 emacs_abort ();
2588
2589 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2590 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2591 emacs_abort ();
2592
2593 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2594 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2595 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2596 input thread can call us). */
2597
2598 /* enter_crit (); */
2599
2600 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2601 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2602 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2603 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2604
2605 /* leave_crit (); */
2606
2607 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2608 this one is completed. */
2609 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2610
2611 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2612
2613 return msg_buf->result;
2614 }
2615
2616 void
2617 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2618 {
2619 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2620
2621 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2622 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2623 return;
2624
2625 msg_buf->result = result;
2626 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2627
2628 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2629 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2630 }
2631
2632 static void
2633 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2634 {
2635 deferred_msg * item;
2636
2637 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2638 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2639 /* enter_crit (); */
2640
2641 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2642 {
2643 item->result = 0;
2644 item->completed = 1;
2645 }
2646
2647 /* leave_crit (); */
2648
2649 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2650 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2651 }
2652
2653 DWORD WINAPI
2654 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2655 {
2656 MSG msg;
2657 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2658
2659 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2660
2661 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2662
2663 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2664 emacs_abort ();
2665
2666 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2667 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2668 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2669
2670 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2671 application quits. */
2672 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2673
2674 return 0;
2675 }
2676
2677 static void
2678 signal_user_input (void)
2679 {
2680 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2681 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2682 {
2683 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2684 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2685 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2686 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2687 #if 0
2688 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2689 do it now. */
2690 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2691 {
2692 immediate_quit = 0;
2693 QUIT;
2694 }
2695 #endif
2696 }
2697 }
2698
2699
2700 static void
2701 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2702 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2703 DWORD modifiers)
2704 {
2705 W32Msg wmsg;
2706
2707 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2708
2709 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2710 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2711 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2712 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2713 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2714 message that has no particular effect. */
2715 {
2716 int c = wParam;
2717 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2718 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2719 if (c == quit_char
2720 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2721 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2722 {
2723 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2724
2725 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2726 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2727 msg = WM_NULL;
2728
2729 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2730 signal_quit ();
2731
2732 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2733 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2734 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2735 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2736 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2737 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2738 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2739 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2740 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2741 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2742 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2743 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2744 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2745 the lisp thread to respond.
2746
2747 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2748 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2749 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2750 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2751 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2752 }
2753 else
2754 signal_user_input ();
2755 }
2756
2757 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2758 }
2759
2760 /* Main window procedure */
2761
2762 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2763 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2764 {
2765 struct frame *f;
2766 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2767 W32Msg wmsg;
2768 int windows_translate;
2769 int key;
2770
2771 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2772 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2773 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2774 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2775 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2776
2777 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2778 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2779 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2780 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2781 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2782
2783 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2784 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2785 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2786
2787 switch (msg)
2788 {
2789 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2790 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2791 if (f)
2792 {
2793 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2794 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2795 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2796 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2797
2798 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2799 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2800 f,
2801 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2802 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2803 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2804 }
2805 return 1;
2806 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2807 /* ignore our own changes */
2808 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2809 {
2810 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2811 if (f)
2812 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2813 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2814 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2815 }
2816 return 0;
2817 case WM_PAINT:
2818 {
2819 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2820 RECT update_rect;
2821 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2822
2823 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2824 if (f == 0)
2825 {
2826 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2827 return 0;
2828 }
2829
2830 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2831 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2832 circumstances. */
2833 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2834 {
2835 enter_crit ();
2836 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2837
2838 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2839 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2840 are invalid. */
2841 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2842
2843 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2844 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2845 f,
2846 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2847 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2848 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2849 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2850 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2851 #endif
2852 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2853 leave_crit ();
2854
2855 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2856 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2857 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2858 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2859 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2860 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2861
2862 return 0;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2866 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2867 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2868 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2869 return 0;
2870 }
2871
2872 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2873 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2874 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2875
2876 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2877 preserve modifier key states. */
2878 {
2879 int i;
2880 BYTE keystate[256];
2881
2882 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2883 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2884 if (1
2885 && i != VK_SHIFT
2886 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2887 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2888 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2889 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2890 && i != VK_SCROLL
2891 && i != VK_CONTROL
2892 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2893 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2894 && i != VK_MENU
2895 && i != VK_LMENU
2896 && i != VK_RMENU
2897 && i != VK_LWIN
2898 && i != VK_RWIN)
2899 keystate[i] = 0;
2900 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2901 }
2902 goto dflt;
2903
2904 case WM_HOTKEY:
2905 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2906 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2907 return (0);
2908
2909 case WM_KEYUP:
2910 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2911 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2912 goto dflt;
2913
2914 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2915 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2916 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2917 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2918 {
2919 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2920 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2921 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2922 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2923 example. */
2924 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2925 {
2926 windows_translate = 1;
2927 goto translate;
2928 }
2929 return 0;
2930 }
2931
2932 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2933 sync_modifiers ();
2934 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2935 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2936
2937 windows_translate = 0;
2938
2939 switch (wParam)
2940 {
2941 case VK_LWIN:
2942 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2943 {
2944 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2945 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2946 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2947 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2948 {
2949 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2950 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2951 else
2952 key = VK_SPACE;
2953 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2954 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2955 }
2956 }
2957 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2958 return 0;
2959 break;
2960 case VK_RWIN:
2961 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2962 {
2963 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2964 {
2965 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2966 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2967 else
2968 key = VK_SPACE;
2969 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2970 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2971 }
2972 }
2973 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2974 return 0;
2975 break;
2976 case VK_APPS:
2977 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2978 return 0;
2979 break;
2980 case VK_MENU:
2981 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2982 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2983 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2984 return 0;
2985 windows_translate = 1;
2986 break;
2987 case VK_CAPITAL:
2988 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2989 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2990 goto disable_lock_key;
2991 windows_translate = 1;
2992 break;
2993 case VK_NUMLOCK:
2994 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2995 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
2996 goto disable_lock_key;
2997 windows_translate = 1;
2998 break;
2999 case VK_SCROLL:
3000 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3001 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
3002 goto disable_lock_key;
3003 windows_translate = 1;
3004 break;
3005 disable_lock_key:
3006 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3007 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3008 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3009 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3010 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3011 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3012 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3013 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3014 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3015 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3016 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3017 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3018 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3019 input event. */
3020 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3021 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3022 windows_translate = 1;
3023 break;
3024 case VK_CONTROL:
3025 case VK_SHIFT:
3026 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3027 windows_translate = 1;
3028 break;
3029 case VK_CANCEL:
3030 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3031 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3032 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3033 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3034 break;
3035 case VK_PAUSE:
3036 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3037 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3038 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3039 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3040 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3041 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3042 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3043 break;
3044 default:
3045 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3046 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3047 {
3048 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3049
3050 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3051 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3052 {
3053 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3054 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3055 chords correctly. */
3056 windows_translate = 1;
3057 }
3058 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3059 {
3060 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3061 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3062 modifier information as possible. */
3063 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3064 {
3065 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3066 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3067 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3068 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3069 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3070 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3071 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3072 msg = WM_CHAR;
3073 }
3074 else
3075 {
3076 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3077 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3078 shift modifier). */
3079 int add;
3080 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3081
3082 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3083 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3084 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3085 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3086 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3087 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3088
3089 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3090 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3091 dead key. Ignore both. */
3092 while (--add >= 0)
3093 {
3094 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3095 post_character_message
3096 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3097 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3098 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3099 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3100 }
3101 return 0;
3102 }
3103 }
3104 else
3105 {
3106 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3107 windows_translate = 1;
3108 }
3109 }
3110 }
3111
3112 translate:
3113 if (windows_translate)
3114 {
3115 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3116 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3117 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3118 goto dflt;
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Fall through */
3122
3123 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3124 case WM_CHAR:
3125 if (wParam > 255 )
3126 {
3127 W32Msg wmsg;
3128
3129 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3130 signal_user_input ();
3131 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3132
3133 }
3134 else
3135 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3136 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3137 break;
3138
3139 case WM_UNICHAR:
3140 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3141 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3142 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3143 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3144 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3145
3146 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3147 documentation though, so handle it here.
3148
3149 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3150 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3151 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3152 return TRUE;
3153
3154 {
3155 W32Msg wmsg;
3156 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3157 signal_user_input ();
3158 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3159 }
3160 break;
3161
3162 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3163 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3164 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3165 get through. */
3166 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3167 goto dflt;
3168
3169 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3170 {
3171 wchar_t * buffer;
3172 int size, i;
3173 W32Msg wmsg;
3174 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3175 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3176 /* Get buffer size. */
3177 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3178 buffer = alloca (size);
3179 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3180 buffer, size);
3181 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3182
3183 signal_user_input ();
3184 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3185 {
3186 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3187 lParam);
3188 }
3189 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3190 characters in the string that was output above. */
3191 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3192 }
3193 else
3194 ignore_ime_char--;
3195
3196 break;
3197
3198 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3199 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3200 goto dflt;
3201 else
3202 {
3203 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3204 HIMC context;
3205 struct window *w;
3206
3207 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3208 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3209 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3210 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3211 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3212 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3213 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3214 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3215 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3216 field being reset to nil. */
3217 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3218 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3219 break;
3220 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3221 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3222 behind our back. */
3223 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3224 break;
3225
3226 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3227 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3228 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3229
3230 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3231 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3232 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3233 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3234 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3235 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3236 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3237 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w)
3238 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3239
3240 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3241 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3242 break;
3243
3244 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3245
3246 if (!context)
3247 break;
3248
3249 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3250 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3251 }
3252 break;
3253
3254 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3255 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3256 goto dflt;
3257
3258 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3259 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3260 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3261 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3262 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3263 goto handle_plain_button;
3264
3265 {
3266 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3267 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3268
3269 if (button_state & this)
3270 return 0;
3271
3272 if (button_state == 0)
3273 SetCapture (hwnd);
3274
3275 button_state |= this;
3276
3277 if (button_state & other)
3278 {
3279 if (mouse_button_timer)
3280 {
3281 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3282 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3283
3284 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3285 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3286 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3287 }
3288 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3289 {
3290 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3291 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3292 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3293 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3294 return 0;
3295 }
3296 else
3297 {
3298 /* Flush out saved message. */
3299 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3300 }
3301 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3302 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3303 signal_user_input ();
3304
3305 /* Clear message buffer. */
3306 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3307 }
3308 else
3309 {
3310 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3311 mouse_button_timer =
3312 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3313 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3314 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3315 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3316 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3317 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3318 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3319 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3320 }
3321 }
3322 return 0;
3323
3324 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3325 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3326 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3327 goto handle_plain_button;
3328
3329 {
3330 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3331 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3332
3333 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3334 return 0;
3335
3336 button_state &= ~this;
3337
3338 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3339 {
3340 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3341 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3342 {
3343 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3344 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3345
3346 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3347 }
3348 else
3349 return 0;
3350 }
3351 else
3352 {
3353 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3354 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3355 {
3356 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3357 }
3358 }
3359 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3360 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3361 signal_user_input ();
3362
3363 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3364 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3365 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3366 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3367
3368 if (button_state == 0)
3369 ReleaseCapture ();
3370 }
3371 return 0;
3372
3373 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3374 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3375 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3376 goto dflt;
3377 /* else fall through and process them. */
3378 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3379 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3380 handle_plain_button:
3381 {
3382 BOOL up;
3383 int button;
3384
3385 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3386 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3387 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3388 return 0;
3389
3390 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3391 {
3392 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3393 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3394 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3395 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3396 if (up)
3397 button_state &= ~button;
3398 else
3399 button_state |= button;
3400 }
3401 }
3402
3403 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3404 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3405 signal_user_input ();
3406
3407 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3408 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3409 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3410
3411 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3412 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3413 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3414 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3415 underlying frame. */
3416 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3417 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3418 return 0;
3419
3420 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3421 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3422 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3423 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3424 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3425 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3426 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3427 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3428 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3429 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3430 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3431 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3432 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3433 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3434 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3435 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3436 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3437 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3438 && !menubar_in_use)
3439 {
3440 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3441 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3442 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3443 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3444 tme.dwHoverTime = HOVER_DEFAULT;
3445
3446 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3447 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3448 }
3449 case WM_VSCROLL:
3450 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3451 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3452 {
3453 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3454 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3455 return 0;
3456 }
3457
3458 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3459 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3460 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3461 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3462
3463 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3464 mouse_move_timer =
3465 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3466 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3467
3468 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3469 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3470 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3471 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3472 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3473 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3474 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3475
3476 return 0;
3477
3478 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3479 case WM_DROPFILES:
3480 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3481 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3482 signal_user_input ();
3483 return 0;
3484
3485 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3486 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3487 goto dflt;
3488 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3489 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3490 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3491 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3492 signal_user_input ();
3493 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3494 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3495 scroll bar events. */
3496 return 1;
3497
3498 case WM_TIMER:
3499 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3500 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3501 {
3502 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3503 {
3504 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3505 signal_user_input ();
3506 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3507 }
3508 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3509 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3510 }
3511 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3512 {
3513 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3514 {
3515 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3516 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3517 }
3518 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3519 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3520 }
3521 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3522 {
3523 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3524 menu_free_timer = 0;
3525 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3526 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3527 if (menubar_in_use
3528 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3529 {
3530 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3531 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3532 if (f)
3533 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3534 menubar_in_use = 0;
3535 }
3536 }
3537 return 0;
3538
3539 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3540 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3541 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3542 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3543 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3544 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3545 reset_modifiers ();
3546 goto dflt;
3547
3548 case WM_INITMENU:
3549 button_state = 0;
3550 ReleaseCapture ();
3551 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3552 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3553 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3554 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3555 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3556
3557 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3558 loop that can process all other messages.
3559
3560 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3561 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3562 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3563 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3564 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3565 being active). */
3566
3567 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3568 if (f
3569 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3570 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3571 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3572 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3573 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3574 had requested it to be turned off! */
3575 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3576 return 0;
3577
3578 {
3579 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3580
3581 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3582 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3583 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3584 emacs_abort ();
3585
3586 menubar_in_use = 1;
3587
3588 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3589 }
3590
3591 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3592 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3593
3594 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3595 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3596 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3597 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3598 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3599 */
3600 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3601 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3602
3603 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3604 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3605 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3606
3607 goto dflt;
3608
3609 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3610 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3611 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3612 keyboard buffer. */
3613 {
3614 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3615 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3616 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3617
3618 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3619 }
3620 return 0;
3621
3622 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3623 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3624 if (f)
3625 {
3626 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3627
3628 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3629 {
3630 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3631 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3632 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3633 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3634 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3635 HFONT old_font;
3636 SIZE size;
3637
3638 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3639 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3640 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3641 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3642
3643 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3644 if (title)
3645 {
3646 if (unicode_append_menu)
3647 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3648 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3649 &size);
3650 else
3651 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3652
3653 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3654 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3655 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3656 }
3657 else
3658 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3659
3660 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3661 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3662 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3663 return TRUE;
3664 }
3665 }
3666 return 0;
3667
3668 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3669 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3670 if (f)
3671 {
3672 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3673
3674 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3675 {
3676 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3677 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3678 if (title)
3679 {
3680 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3681 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3682 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3683 HFONT old_font;
3684
3685 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3686 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3687 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3688 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3689
3690 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3691 if (unicode_append_menu)
3692 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3693 pDis->rcItem.left
3694 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3695 pDis->rcItem.top,
3696 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3697 (WCHAR *) title,
3698 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3699 else
3700 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3701 pDis->rcItem.left
3702 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3703 pDis->rcItem.top,
3704 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3705 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3706
3707 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3708 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3709 }
3710 return TRUE;
3711 }
3712 }
3713 return 0;
3714
3715 #if 0
3716 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3717 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3718 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3719 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3720 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3721 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3722 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3723 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3724 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3725 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3726 goto dflt;
3727 #endif
3728
3729 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3730 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3731 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3732
3733 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3734 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3735 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3736 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3737 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3738 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3739 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3740 goto dflt;
3741
3742 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3743 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3744 reset_modifiers ();
3745 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3746 goto command;
3747 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3748 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3749 button_state = 0;
3750 ReleaseCapture ();
3751 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3752 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3753 {
3754 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3755 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3756 DestroyCaret ();
3757 }
3758 goto command;
3759 case WM_COMMAND:
3760 menubar_in_use = 0;
3761 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3762 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3763 {
3764 if (menu_free_timer)
3765 {
3766 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3767 menu_free_timer = 0;
3768 }
3769 }
3770 case WM_MOVE:
3771 case WM_SIZE:
3772 command:
3773 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3774 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3775 goto dflt;
3776
3777 case WM_DESTROY:
3778 CoUninitialize ();
3779 return 0;
3780
3781 case WM_CLOSE:
3782 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3783 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3784 return 0;
3785
3786 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3787 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3788 if (frame_resize_pixelwise || hwnd == tip_window)
3789 return 0;
3790
3791 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3792 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3793 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3794 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3795 return 0;
3796
3797 {
3798 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3799 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3800
3801 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3802 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3803
3804 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED && wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
3805 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3806 {
3807 RECT rect;
3808 int wdiff;
3809 int hdiff;
3810 DWORD font_width;
3811 DWORD line_height;
3812 DWORD internal_border;
3813 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3814 RECT wr;
3815
3816 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3817 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3818
3819 enter_crit ();
3820
3821 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3822 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3823 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3824 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3825
3826 leave_crit ();
3827
3828 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3829 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3830 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3831
3832 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3833 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3834 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3835 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3836 % font_width;
3837 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3838 - 2 * internal_border)
3839 % line_height;
3840
3841 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3842 {
3843 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3844 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3845 and Y positions as well. */
3846
3847 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3848 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3849
3850 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3851 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3852
3853 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3854 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3855 {
3856 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3857 {
3858 lppos->x += wdiff;
3859 lppos->y += hdiff;
3860 }
3861 else
3862 {
3863 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3864 }
3865 }
3866
3867 return 0;
3868 }
3869 }
3870 }
3871
3872 goto dflt;
3873
3874 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3875 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3876 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3877 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3878 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3879 return 0;
3880
3881 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3882 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3883 {
3884 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3885 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3886 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3887 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3888 else if (f)
3889 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3890 return 0;
3891 }
3892 goto dflt;
3893
3894 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3895 {
3896 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3897 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3898 if (f && cursor)
3899 {
3900 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3901 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3902 SetCursor (cursor);
3903 }
3904 return 0;
3905 }
3906
3907 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3908 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3909 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3910
3911 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3912 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3913
3914 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3915 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3916 {
3917 HWND foreground_window;
3918 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3919
3920 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3921 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3922 pull the focus away from it. */
3923 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3924 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3925 if (!foreground_window
3926 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3927 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3928 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3929 foreground_thread = 0;
3930
3931 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3932 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3933 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3934
3935 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3936 if (foreground_thread)
3937 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3938 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3939
3940 return retval;
3941 }
3942
3943 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3944 {
3945 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3946 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3947 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3948 }
3949
3950 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3951 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3952 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3953
3954 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3955 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3956
3957 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3958 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3959
3960 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3961 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3962 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3963 return DestroyCaret ();
3964
3965 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3966 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3967 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3968 {
3969 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3970 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3971 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3972 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3973 w32_system_caret_height);
3974 }
3975
3976 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3977 return 0;
3978 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3979 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3980 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3981 {
3982 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3983 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3984 }
3985 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3986 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3987 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3988 {
3989 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3990 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3991 }
3992 else
3993 return 1;
3994
3995 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
3996 {
3997 UINT flags;
3998 POINT *pos;
3999 int retval;
4000 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
4001 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
4002 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
4003 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
4004 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
4005 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
4006
4007 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4008 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4009 ReleaseCapture ();
4010 button_state = 0;
4011
4012 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4013 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4014 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4015 if (f)
4016 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4017
4018 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4019 0, hwnd, NULL))
4020 {
4021 MSG amsg;
4022 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4023 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4024 PM_REMOVE));
4025 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4026 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4027 {
4028 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4029 }
4030 else
4031 {
4032 retval = 0;
4033 }
4034 }
4035 else
4036 {
4037 retval = -1;
4038 }
4039
4040 return retval;
4041 }
4042 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4043 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4044 return 1;
4045
4046 default:
4047 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4048 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4049 {
4050 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4051 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4052 signal_user_input ();
4053 return 0;
4054 }
4055
4056 dflt:
4057 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4058 }
4059
4060 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4061 return 0;
4062 }
4063
4064 static void
4065 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4066 {
4067 MSG msg;
4068 static int coords[2];
4069 Lisp_Object left, top;
4070 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4071
4072 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, x_get_arg will return zero for
4073 anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
4074 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4075 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4076 if (EQ (left, Qunbound))
4077 coords[0] = CW_USEDEFAULT;
4078 else
4079 coords[0] = XINT (left);
4080 if (EQ (top, Qunbound))
4081 coords[1] = CW_USEDEFAULT;
4082 else
4083 coords[1] = XINT (top);
4084
4085 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW,
4086 (WPARAM)f, (LPARAM)coords))
4087 emacs_abort ();
4088 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4089 }
4090
4091
4092 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4093 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4094 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4095 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4096 static void
4097 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4098 {
4099 RECT rect;
4100
4101 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4102 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4103 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4104
4105 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4106 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4107
4108 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4109 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4110 f->namebuf,
4111 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4112 f->left_pos,
4113 f->top_pos,
4114 rect.right - rect.left,
4115 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4116 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4117 NULL,
4118 hinst,
4119 NULL);
4120
4121 if (tip_window)
4122 {
4123 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4124 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4125 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4126 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4127
4128 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4129 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4130
4131 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4132 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4133 }
4134 }
4135
4136
4137 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4138
4139 static void
4140 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4141 {
4142 block_input ();
4143
4144 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4145 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4146 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4147
4148 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4149 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4150
4151 my_create_window (f);
4152
4153 validate_x_resource_name ();
4154
4155 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4156 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4157 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4158 the server hasn't been told. */
4159 {
4160 Lisp_Object name;
4161 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4162
4163 f->explicit_name = 0;
4164 name = f->name;
4165 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4166 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4167 }
4168
4169 unblock_input ();
4170
4171 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4172 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4173
4174 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4175 error ("Unable to create window");
4176 }
4177
4178 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4179 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4180 well. */
4181
4182 static void
4183 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4184 {
4185 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4186 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4187
4188 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4189 icons in the tray. */
4190 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4191 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4192 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4193 {
4194 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4195 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4196 }
4197 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4198 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4199
4200 block_input ();
4201
4202 #if 0 /* TODO */
4203 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4204 x_wm_set_window_state
4205 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4206 ? IconicState
4207 : NormalState));
4208
4209 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4210 ? f->icon_name
4211 : f->name)));
4212 #endif
4213
4214 unblock_input ();
4215 }
4216
4217
4218 static void
4219 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4220 {
4221 XGCValues gc_values;
4222
4223 block_input ();
4224
4225 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4226 Note that many default values are used. */
4227
4228 /* Normal video */
4229 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4230
4231 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4232 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4233 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4234 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4235 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4236 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4237 &gc_values);
4238
4239 /* Reliefs. */
4240 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4241 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4242
4243 unblock_input ();
4244 }
4245
4246
4247 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4248 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4249 constructed. */
4250
4251 static Lisp_Object
4252 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4253 {
4254 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4255
4256 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4257 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4258 {
4259 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4260 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4261
4262 /* If the frame's image cache refcount is still the same as our
4263 private shadow variable, it means we are unwinding a frame
4264 for which we didn't yet call init_frame_faces, where the
4265 refcount is incremented. Therefore, we increment it here, so
4266 that free_frame_faces, called in x_free_frame_resources
4267 below, will not mistakenly decrement the counter that was not
4268 incremented yet to account for this new frame. */
4269 if (FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) != NULL
4270 && FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount == image_cache_refcount)
4271 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount++;
4272 #endif
4273
4274 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4275 free_glyphs (f);
4276
4277 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4278 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4279 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4280 eassert ((dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache == NULL
4281 && image_cache_refcount == 0)
4282 || (dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache != NULL
4283 && dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount));
4284 #endif
4285 return Qt;
4286 }
4287
4288 return Qnil;
4289 }
4290
4291 static void
4292 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4293 {
4294 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4295 }
4296
4297 static void
4298 unwind_create_frame_1 (Lisp_Object val)
4299 {
4300 inhibit_lisp_code = val;
4301 }
4302
4303 static void
4304 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4305 {
4306 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4307 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4308 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4309 Lisp_Object font;
4310 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4311 font_param = Qnil;
4312 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4313 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4314
4315 if (!STRINGP (font))
4316 {
4317 int i;
4318 static char *names[]
4319 = { "Courier New-10",
4320 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4321 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4322 "Fixedsys",
4323 NULL };
4324
4325 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4326 {
4327 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4328 if (! NILP (font))
4329 break;
4330 }
4331 if (NILP (font))
4332 error ("No suitable font was found");
4333 }
4334 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4335 {
4336 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4337 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4338 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4339 }
4340 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4341 }
4342
4343 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4344 1, 1, 0,
4345 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4346 Return an Emacs frame object.
4347 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4348 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4349 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4350 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4351 be shared by the new frame.
4352
4353 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4354 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4355 {
4356 struct frame *f;
4357 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4358 Lisp_Object name;
4359 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4360 long window_prompting = 0;
4361 int width, height;
4362 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4363 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4364 Lisp_Object display;
4365 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4366 Lisp_Object parent;
4367 struct kboard *kb;
4368
4369 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
4370 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
4371 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
4372
4373 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4374 storage now. */
4375 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4376
4377 /* Use this general default value to start with
4378 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4379 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4380
4381 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4382 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4383 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4384 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4385 display = Qnil;
4386 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4387 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4388
4389 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4390 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4391
4392 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4393 if (!STRINGP (name)
4394 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4395 && ! NILP (name))
4396 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4397
4398 if (STRINGP (name))
4399 Vx_resource_name = name;
4400
4401 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4402 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4403 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4404 parent = Qnil;
4405 if (! NILP (parent))
4406 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4407
4408 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4409 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4410 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4411 frame = Qnil;
4412 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4413 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4414 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4415 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4416 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4417 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4418 {
4419 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4420 minibuffer_only = 1;
4421 }
4422 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4423 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4424 else
4425 f = make_frame (1);
4426
4427 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4428
4429 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4430 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (f);
4431
4432 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4433
4434 f->output_method = output_w32;
4435 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4436 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4437
4438 fset_icon_name
4439 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4440 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4441 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4442 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4443
4444 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4445
4446 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4447 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4448
4449 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4450 image_cache_refcount =
4451 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4452 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4453 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4454
4455 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4456
4457 if (!NILP (parent))
4458 {
4459 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4460 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4461 }
4462 else
4463 {
4464 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4465 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4466 }
4467
4468 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4469 be set. */
4470 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4471 {
4472 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4473 f->explicit_name = 0;
4474 }
4475 else
4476 {
4477 fset_name (f, name);
4478 f->explicit_name = 1;
4479 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4480 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4481 }
4482
4483 if (uniscribe_available)
4484 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4485 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4486
4487 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4488 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4489 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4490 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4491 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4492 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4493 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4494
4495 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4496 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4497 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4498 {
4499 Lisp_Object value;
4500
4501 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4502 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4503 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4504 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4505 parameters);
4506 }
4507 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4508 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4509 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4510 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
4511 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4512 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
4513 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4514 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4515 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4516
4517 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4518 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4519 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4520 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4521 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4522 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4523 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4524 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4525 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4526 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4527 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4528 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4529 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4530 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4531 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4532 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4533 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4534 /* Process alpha here (Bug#16619). */
4535 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4536 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4537
4538 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4539 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4540 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4541 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4542 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4543 happen. */
4544 init_frame_faces (f);
4545
4546 /* Avoid calling window-configuration-change-hook; otherwise we
4547 could get an infloop in next_frame since the frame is not yet in
4548 Vframe_list. */
4549 {
4550 ptrdiff_t count2 = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4551
4552 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_frame_1, inhibit_lisp_code);
4553 inhibit_lisp_code = Qt;
4554
4555 /* PXW: This is a duplicate from below. We have to do it here since
4556 otherwise x_set_tool_bar_lines will work with the character sizes
4557 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is still
4558 calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently hit the
4559 eassert (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height. The
4560 non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it had one
4561 frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero root
4562 window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
4563 change_frame_size (f, FRAME_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
4564 FRAME_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f), 1, 0, 0, 1);
4565
4566 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4567 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4568 variables; ignore them here. */
4569 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4570 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4571 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4572 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4573 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4574 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4575 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4576 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4577
4578 unbind_to (count2, Qnil);
4579 }
4580
4581 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4582 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4583 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4584 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4585 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4586 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4587
4588 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4589 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4590
4591 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4592 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4593 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4594 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4595 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4596 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4597 f->output_data.w32->vertical_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS);
4598
4599 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4600
4601 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4602
4603 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4604 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4605
4606 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4607 x_icon (f, parameters);
4608
4609 x_make_gc (f);
4610
4611 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4612 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4613 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4614 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4615
4616 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4617 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4618 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4619 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4620
4621 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4622 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4623 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4624 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4625 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4626 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4627 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4628 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4629
4630 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4631 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4632 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4633 width = FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f);
4634 height = FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f);
4635 FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f) = 0;
4636 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, 0);
4637 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 1);
4638
4639 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4640 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4641 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4642 block_input ();
4643 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4644 unblock_input ();
4645
4646 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4647 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4648 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4649 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4650 {
4651 Lisp_Object visibility;
4652
4653 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4654 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4655 visibility = Qt;
4656
4657 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4658 x_iconify_frame (f);
4659 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4660 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4661 else
4662 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4663 ;
4664 }
4665
4666 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4667 frame on this terminal. */
4668 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4669 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4670 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4671 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4672
4673 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4674 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4675 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4676 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4677 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4678
4679 UNGCPRO;
4680
4681 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4682 and similar functions. */
4683 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4684
4685 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4686 }
4687
4688 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4689 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4690 know about that structure. */
4691 Lisp_Object
4692 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4693 {
4694 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4695 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4696 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4697 return Qnil;
4698
4699 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4700 return xfocus;
4701 }
4702
4703 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4704 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4705 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4706 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4707 {
4708 XColor foo;
4709 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4710
4711 CHECK_STRING (color);
4712
4713 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4714 return Qt;
4715 else
4716 return Qnil;
4717 }
4718
4719 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4720 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4721 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4722 {
4723 XColor foo;
4724 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4725
4726 CHECK_STRING (color);
4727
4728 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4729 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4730 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4731 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4732 else
4733 return Qnil;
4734 }
4735
4736 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4737 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4738 (Lisp_Object display)
4739 {
4740 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4741
4742 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4743 return Qnil;
4744
4745 return Qt;
4746 }
4747
4748 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4749 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4750 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4751 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4752 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4753 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4754 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4755 (Lisp_Object display)
4756 {
4757 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4758
4759 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4760 return Qnil;
4761
4762 return Qt;
4763 }
4764
4765 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4766 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4767 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4768 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4769 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4770 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4771
4772 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4773 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4774 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4775 (Lisp_Object display)
4776 {
4777 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4778
4779 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4780 }
4781
4782 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4783 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4784 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4785 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4786 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4787 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4788
4789 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4790 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4791 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4792 (Lisp_Object display)
4793 {
4794 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4795
4796 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4797 }
4798
4799 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4800 0, 1, 0,
4801 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4802 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4803 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4804 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4805 (Lisp_Object display)
4806 {
4807 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4808
4809 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4810 }
4811
4812 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4813 0, 1, 0,
4814 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4815 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4816 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4817 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4818 (Lisp_Object display)
4819 {
4820 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4821 int cap;
4822
4823 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4824 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4825 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4826 * anyway. */
4827
4828 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4829 return make_number (cap);
4830 }
4831
4832 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4833 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4834 0, 1, 0,
4835 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4836 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4837 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4838 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4839 (Lisp_Object display)
4840 {
4841 return make_number (1);
4842 }
4843
4844 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4845 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4846 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4847 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4848 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4849 (Lisp_Object display)
4850 {
4851 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4852 }
4853
4854 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4855 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4856 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4857 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4858 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4859
4860 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4861 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4862 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4863 (Lisp_Object display)
4864 {
4865 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4866 }
4867
4868 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4869 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4870 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4871 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4872 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4873 (Lisp_Object display)
4874 {
4875 return make_number (1);
4876 }
4877
4878 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4879 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4880 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4881 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4882 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4883 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4884
4885 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4886 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4887 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4888 (Lisp_Object display)
4889 {
4890 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4891 HDC hdc;
4892 double mm_per_pixel;
4893
4894 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4895 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4896 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4897 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4898
4899 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4900 }
4901
4902 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4903 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4904 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4905 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4906 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4907
4908 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4909 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4910 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4911 (Lisp_Object display)
4912 {
4913 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4914 HDC hdc;
4915 double mm_per_pixel;
4916
4917 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4918 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4919 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4920 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4921
4922 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4923 }
4924
4925 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4926 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4927 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4928 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4929 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4930 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4931 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4932 (Lisp_Object display)
4933 {
4934 return intern ("not-useful");
4935 }
4936
4937 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4938 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4939 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4940 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4941 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4942
4943 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4944 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4945 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4946 (Lisp_Object display)
4947 {
4948 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4949 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4950
4951 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4952 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4953 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4954 result = intern ("static-grey");
4955 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4956 result = intern ("static-color");
4957 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4958 result = intern ("true-color");
4959
4960 return result;
4961 }
4962
4963 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4964 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4965 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4966 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4967 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4968 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4969 (Lisp_Object display)
4970 {
4971 return Qnil;
4972 }
4973
4974 static BOOL CALLBACK
4975 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4976 {
4977 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4978
4979 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4980
4981 return TRUE;
4982 }
4983
4984 static Lisp_Object
4985 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4986 {
4987 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4988 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4989 int i, n_monitors;
4990 HMONITOR *monitors;
4991 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4992
4993 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4994 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4995 return Qnil;
4996
4997 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4998 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4999 || NILP (monitor_list))
5000 return Qnil;
5001
5002 n_monitors = 0;
5003 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
5004 n_monitors++;
5005
5006 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
5007 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5008 {
5009 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
5010 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
5011 }
5012
5013 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
5014 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5015 {
5016 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5017
5018 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5019 {
5020 HMONITOR monitor =
5021 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5022 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5023
5024 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5025 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
5026 break;
5027
5028 if (i < n_monitors)
5029 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
5030 }
5031 }
5032
5033 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
5034
5035 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
5036 {
5037 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
5038 HDC hdc;
5039 int width_mm, height_mm;
5040 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
5041
5042 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
5043 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
5044 continue;
5045
5046 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
5047 if (hdc == NULL)
5048 continue;
5049 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
5050 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
5051 DeleteDC (hdc);
5052
5053 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
5054 attributes);
5055
5056 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
5057
5058 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
5059
5060 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5061 attributes);
5062
5063 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
5064 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
5065 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
5066 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5067
5068 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
5069 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
5070 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
5071 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5072
5073 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
5074 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
5075 else
5076 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
5077 }
5078
5079 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
5080 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
5081
5082 UNGCPRO;
5083
5084 xfree (monitors);
5085
5086 return attributes_list;
5087 }
5088
5089 static Lisp_Object
5090 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5091 {
5092 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5093 HDC hdc;
5094 double mm_per_pixel;
5095 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5096 RECT workarea_rect;
5097
5098 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5099 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5100 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5101 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5102 attributes);
5103
5104 frames = Qnil;
5105 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5106 {
5107 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5108
5109 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5110 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5111 }
5112 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5113
5114 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5115 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5116
5117 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5118 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5119 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5120 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5121 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5122 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5123 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5124 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5125 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5126 attributes);
5127
5128 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5129 we don't care. */
5130 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5131 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5132 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5133 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5134 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5135 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5136 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5137 else
5138 workarea = geometry;
5139 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5140
5141 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5142
5143 return list1 (attributes);
5144 }
5145
5146 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5147 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5148 0, 1, 0,
5149 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5150
5151 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5152 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5153 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5154
5155 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5156 (Lisp_Object display)
5157 {
5158 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5159 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5160
5161 block_input ();
5162 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5163 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5164 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5165 unblock_input ();
5166
5167 return attributes_list;
5168 }
5169
5170 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5171 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5172 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5173 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5174 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5175 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5176 (Lisp_Object sound)
5177 {
5178 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5179
5180 if (NILP (sound))
5181 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5182 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5183 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5184 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5185 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5186 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5187 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5188 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5189 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5190 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5191 sound_type = MB_OK;
5192 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5193 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5194 else
5195 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5196
5197 return sound;
5198 }
5199
5200 int
5201 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5202 {
5203 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5204 }
5205 \f
5206 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5207 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5208
5209 struct w32_display_info *
5210 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5211 {
5212 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5213
5214 CHECK_STRING (name);
5215
5216 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next)
5217 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo->name_list_element), name)))
5218 return dpyinfo;
5219
5220 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5221 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5222
5223 validate_x_resource_name ();
5224
5225 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5226 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5227
5228 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5229 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5230
5231 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5232
5233 return dpyinfo;
5234 }
5235
5236 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5237 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5238 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5239 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5240 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5241 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5242 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5243 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5244 {
5245 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5246 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5247
5248 CHECK_STRING (display);
5249
5250 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5251 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5252 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5253 * want. */
5254
5255 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5256 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5257
5258 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5259 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5260 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5261 return Qnil;
5262
5263 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5264 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5265
5266 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5267 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5268 {
5269 Lisp_Object color_file;
5270 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5271
5272 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5273
5274 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5275
5276 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5277 color_file =
5278 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5279 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5280
5281 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5282
5283 UNGCPRO;
5284 }
5285 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5286 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5287
5288 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5289 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5290
5291 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5292 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5293 else
5294 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5295
5296 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5297 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5298 {
5299 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5300
5301 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5302 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5303 if (str) *str = 0;
5304 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5305 }
5306 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5307
5308 validate_x_resource_name ();
5309
5310 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5311 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5312 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5313 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5314
5315 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5316 {
5317 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5318 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5319 SDATA (display));
5320 else
5321 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5322 }
5323
5324 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5325 return Qnil;
5326 }
5327
5328 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5329 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5330 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5331 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5332 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5333 (Lisp_Object display)
5334 {
5335 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5336
5337 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5338 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5339
5340 block_input ();
5341 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5342
5343 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5344 unblock_input ();
5345
5346 return Qnil;
5347 }
5348
5349 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5350 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5351 (void)
5352 {
5353 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
5354 struct w32_display_info *wdi;
5355
5356 for (wdi = x_display_list; wdi; wdi = wdi->next)
5357 result = Fcons (XCAR (wdi->name_list_element), result);
5358
5359 return result;
5360 }
5361
5362 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5363 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5364 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5365 defined but does nothing.
5366
5367 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5368 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5369 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5370 easier.
5371 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5372 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5373 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5374 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5375 {
5376 return Qnil;
5377 }
5378
5379
5380 \f
5381 /***********************************************************************
5382 Window properties
5383 ***********************************************************************/
5384
5385 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5386
5387 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5388 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5389 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5390 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5391 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5392 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5393 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5394 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5395
5396 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5397 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5398 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5399 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5400 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5401 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5402 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5403 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5404 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5405 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5406 {
5407 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5408 Atom prop_atom;
5409
5410 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5411 CHECK_STRING (value);
5412
5413 block_input ();
5414 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5415 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5416 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5417 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5418
5419 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5420 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5421 unblock_input ();
5422
5423 return value;
5424 }
5425
5426
5427 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5428 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5429 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5430 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5431 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5432 {
5433 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5434 Atom prop_atom;
5435
5436 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5437 block_input ();
5438 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5439 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5440
5441 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5442 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5443 unblock_input ();
5444
5445 return prop;
5446 }
5447
5448
5449 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5450 1, 6, 0,
5451 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5452 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5453
5454 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5455 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5456 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5457 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5458 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5459 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5460 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5461
5462 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5463
5464 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5465 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5466 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5467 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5468 {
5469 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5470 Atom prop_atom;
5471 int rc;
5472 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5473 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5474 Atom actual_type;
5475 int actual_format;
5476 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5477
5478 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5479 block_input ();
5480 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5481 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5482 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5483 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5484 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5485 if (rc == Success)
5486 {
5487 int size = bytes_remaining;
5488
5489 XFree (tmp_data);
5490 tmp_data = NULL;
5491
5492 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5493 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5494 False, XA_STRING,
5495 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5496 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5497 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5498 if (rc == Success)
5499 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5500
5501 XFree (tmp_data);
5502 }
5503
5504 unblock_input ();
5505
5506 return prop_value;
5507
5508 return Qnil;
5509 }
5510
5511 #endif /* TODO */
5512
5513 \f
5514 /***********************************************************************
5515 Busy cursor
5516 ***********************************************************************/
5517
5518 void
5519 w32_note_current_window (void)
5520 {
5521 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5522
5523 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5524 return;
5525
5526 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5527 }
5528
5529 void
5530 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5531 {
5532 struct frame *f;
5533
5534 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5535
5536 block_input ();
5537 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5538 hourglass_hwnd);
5539
5540 if (f)
5541 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5542 else
5543 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5544
5545 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5546 {
5547 unblock_input ();
5548 return;
5549 }
5550
5551 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5552 unblock_input ();
5553 }
5554
5555 void
5556 hide_hourglass (void)
5557 {
5558 block_input ();
5559 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5560 unblock_input ();
5561 }
5562
5563
5564 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5565 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5566
5567 static void
5568 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5569 {
5570 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5571 {
5572 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5573 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5574 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5575 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5576 }
5577 }
5578
5579
5580 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5581
5582 static void
5583 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5584 {
5585 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5586 {
5587 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5588 hourglass_hwnd);
5589 if (f)
5590 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5591 else
5592 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5593 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5594
5595 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5596 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5597 else
5598 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5599 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5600
5601 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5602 }
5603 }
5604
5605
5606 \f
5607 /***********************************************************************
5608 Tool tips
5609 ***********************************************************************/
5610
5611 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5612 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5613 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5614 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5615
5616 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5617
5618 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5619
5620 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5621 fires. */
5622
5623 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5624 Window tip_window;
5625
5626 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5627 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5628
5629 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5630
5631
5632 static void
5633 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5634 {
5635 Lisp_Object deleted;
5636
5637 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5638 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5639 {
5640 tip_window = NULL;
5641 tip_frame = Qnil;
5642 }
5643 }
5644
5645
5646 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5647 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5648 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5649
5650 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5651 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5652 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5653 when this happens. */
5654
5655 static Lisp_Object
5656 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5657 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5658 {
5659 struct frame *f;
5660 Lisp_Object frame;
5661 Lisp_Object name;
5662 long window_prompting = 0;
5663 int width, height;
5664 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5665 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5666 struct kboard *kb;
5667 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5668 Lisp_Object buffer;
5669 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5670
5671 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5672 this frame has a specified name. */
5673 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5674
5675 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5676
5677 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5678 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5679 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5680
5681 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5682 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5683 if (!STRINGP (name)
5684 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5685 && !NILP (name))
5686 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5687 Vx_resource_name = name;
5688
5689 frame = Qnil;
5690 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5691 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5692 f = make_frame (0);
5693 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5694 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5695
5696 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5697 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5698 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5699 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5700 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5701 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5702 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5703 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5704 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5705 Ferase_buffer ();
5706 Finsert (1, &text);
5707 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5708
5709 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5710
5711 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5712 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5713 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5714 counts etc. */
5715 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5716 f->output_method = output_w32;
5717 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5718
5719 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5720 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5721
5722 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5723 image_cache_refcount =
5724 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5725 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5726 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5727 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5728 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5729 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5730
5731 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5732 be set. */
5733 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5734 {
5735 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5736 f->explicit_name = 0;
5737 }
5738 else
5739 {
5740 fset_name (f, name);
5741 f->explicit_name = 1;
5742 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5743 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5744 }
5745
5746 if (uniscribe_available)
5747 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5748 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5749
5750 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5751 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5752
5753 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5754 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5755 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5756
5757 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5758 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5759 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5760 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5761 it). */
5762 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5763 {
5764 Lisp_Object value;
5765
5766 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5767 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5768 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5769 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5770 parms);
5771 }
5772 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5773 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5774 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5775 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qright_divider_width, make_number (0),
5776 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5777 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0),
5778 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5779
5780 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5781 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5782 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5783 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5784 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5785 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5786 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5787 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5788 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5789 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5790 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5791
5792 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5793 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5794 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5795 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5796 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5797 happen. */
5798 init_frame_faces (f);
5799
5800 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5801 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5802
5803 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5804
5805 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5806 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5807 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5808 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5809
5810 block_input ();
5811 my_create_tip_window (f);
5812 unblock_input ();
5813
5814 x_make_gc (f);
5815
5816 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5817 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5818 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5819 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5820 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5821 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5822
5823 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
5824 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
5825 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
5826 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5827 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5828 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5829 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5830 change_frame_size (f, width, height, 1, 0, 0, 0);
5831
5832 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5833 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5834 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5835
5836 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5837 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5838
5839 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5840 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5841 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5842 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5843 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5844 {
5845 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5846 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5847 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5848
5849 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5850 tip_frame = frame;
5851 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5852
5853 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5854 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5855 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5856 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5857
5858 if (!NILP (colors))
5859 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5860 }
5861
5862 f->no_split = 1;
5863
5864 UNGCPRO;
5865
5866 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5867 its display. */
5868 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5869 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5870
5871 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5872 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5873 visible won't work. */
5874 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5875
5876 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5877 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5878 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5879 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5880 had before we created the tip frame. */
5881 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5882
5883 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5884 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5885 }
5886
5887
5888 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5889 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5890 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5891 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5892 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5893
5894 static void
5895 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5896 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5897 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5898 {
5899 Lisp_Object left, top;
5900 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5901
5902 /* User-specified position? */
5903 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5904 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5905
5906 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5907 show it. */
5908 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5909 {
5910 POINT pt;
5911
5912 /* Default min and max values. */
5913 min_x = 0;
5914 min_y = 0;
5915 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5916 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5917
5918 block_input ();
5919 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5920 *root_x = pt.x;
5921 *root_y = pt.y;
5922 unblock_input ();
5923
5924 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5925 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5926 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5927 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5928 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5929 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5930 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5931 {
5932 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5933 HMONITOR monitor
5934 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5935 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5936
5937 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5938 {
5939 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5940 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5941 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5942 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5943 }
5944 }
5945 }
5946
5947 if (INTEGERP (top))
5948 *root_y = XINT (top);
5949 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5950 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5951 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5952 /* It fits below the pointer */
5953 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5954 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5955 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5956 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5957 else
5958 /* Put it on the top. */
5959 *root_y = min_y;
5960
5961 if (INTEGERP (left))
5962 *root_x = XINT (left);
5963 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5964 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5965 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5966 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5967 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5968 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5969 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5970 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5971 else
5972 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5973 *root_x = min_x;
5974 }
5975
5976
5977 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5978 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5979 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5980
5981 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5982
5983 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5984
5985 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5986 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5987
5988 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5989 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5990
5991 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5992 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5993 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5994 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5995 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5996 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5997 DY added (default is -10).
5998
5999 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
6000 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
6001 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
6002 {
6003 struct frame *f;
6004 struct window *w;
6005 int root_x, root_y;
6006 struct buffer *old_buffer;
6007 struct text_pos pos;
6008 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
6009 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
6010 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
6011 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6012
6013 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6014
6015 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
6016
6017 CHECK_STRING (string);
6018 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6019 if (NILP (timeout))
6020 timeout = make_number (5);
6021 else
6022 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
6023
6024 if (NILP (dx))
6025 dx = make_number (5);
6026 else
6027 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
6028
6029 if (NILP (dy))
6030 dy = make_number (-10);
6031 else
6032 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
6033
6034 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
6035 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
6036
6037 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
6038 {
6039 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
6040 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
6041 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
6042
6043 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
6044 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
6045 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
6046 {
6047 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
6048
6049 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6050 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
6051 {
6052 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
6053 tip_timer = Qnil;
6054 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6055 }
6056
6057 block_input ();
6058 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
6059 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
6060
6061 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6062 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6063 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
6064 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6065
6066 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6067 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6068 0, 0, 0, 0,
6069 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE
6070 | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6071
6072 unblock_input ();
6073 goto start_timer;
6074 }
6075 }
6076
6077 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
6078 Fx_hide_tip ();
6079
6080 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
6081 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
6082 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6083
6084 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6085 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6086 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6087 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6088 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6089 if (NILP (Fassq (Qright_divider_width, parms)))
6090 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qright_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6091 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbottom_divider_width, parms)))
6092 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbottom_divider_width, make_number (0)), parms);
6093 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6094 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6095 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6096 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6097 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6098 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6099 parms);
6100
6101 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6102 when drawing tips in menus. */
6103 block_input ();
6104
6105 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6106 variable tip_frame. */
6107 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6108 f = XFRAME (frame);
6109
6110 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6111 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6112 w->left_col = 0;
6113 w->top_line = 0;
6114 w->pixel_left = 0;
6115 w->pixel_top = 0;
6116
6117 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6118 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6119 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6120 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6121 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6122 {
6123 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6124 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6125 }
6126 else
6127 {
6128 w->total_cols = 80;
6129 w->total_lines = 40;
6130 }
6131
6132 w->pixel_width = w->total_cols * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
6133 w->pixel_height = w->total_lines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6134
6135 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6136 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6137 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6138
6139 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6140 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6141 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6142 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6143 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6144 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6145 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6146 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6147
6148 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6149 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6150 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6151 {
6152 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6153 struct glyph *last;
6154 int row_width;
6155
6156 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6157 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6158 break;
6159
6160 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6161 row->full_width_p = 1;
6162
6163 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6164 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6165 {
6166 if (!row->reversed_p)
6167 {
6168 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6169 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6170 this glyph. */
6171 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6172 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6173 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6174 }
6175 else
6176 {
6177 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6178 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6179 Don't count that glyph. */
6180 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6181
6182 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6183 {
6184 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6185 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6186 }
6187 }
6188 }
6189
6190 height += row->height;
6191 width = max (width, row_width);
6192 }
6193
6194 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6195 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6196 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6197 width of the frame. */
6198 if (seen_reversed_p)
6199 {
6200 /* PXW: Why do we do the pixel-to-cols conversion only if
6201 seen_reversed_p holds? Don't we have to set other fields of
6202 the window/frame structure?
6203
6204 w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6205 not in pixels. */
6206 w->pixel_width = width;
6207 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6208 w->total_cols = width;
6209 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6210 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f, width);
6211 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6212 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6213 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6214 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6215 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6216 width = height = 0;
6217 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6218 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6219 {
6220 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6221 struct glyph *last;
6222 int row_width;
6223
6224 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6225 break;
6226 row->full_width_p = 1;
6227 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6228 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6229 {
6230 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6231 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6232 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6233 }
6234
6235 height += row->height;
6236 width = max (width, row_width);
6237 }
6238 }
6239
6240 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6241 window should have. */
6242 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6243 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6244
6245 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6246 show it.
6247
6248 PXW: This should use the frame's pixel coordinates. */
6249 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6250
6251 {
6252 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6253 RECT rect;
6254 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6255 rect.right = width;
6256 rect.bottom = height;
6257 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6258 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6259
6260 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6261 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6262 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6263 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6264 the next line. */
6265 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6266 root_x, root_y,
6267 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6268 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6269
6270 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6271 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6272 0, 0, 0, 0,
6273 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE
6274 | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
6275
6276 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6277 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6278
6279 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6280 }
6281
6282 /* Draw into the window. */
6283 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6284 update_single_window (w, 1);
6285
6286 unblock_input ();
6287
6288 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6289 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6290 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6291
6292 start_timer:
6293 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6294 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6295 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6296
6297 UNGCPRO;
6298 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6299 }
6300
6301
6302 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6303 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6304 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6305 (void)
6306 {
6307 ptrdiff_t count;
6308 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6309 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6310
6311 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6312 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6313 return Qnil;
6314
6315 frame = tip_frame;
6316 timer = tip_timer;
6317 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6318 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6319
6320 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6321 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6322 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6323
6324 if (!NILP (timer))
6325 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6326
6327 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6328 {
6329 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6330 deleted = Qt;
6331 }
6332
6333 UNGCPRO;
6334 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6335 }
6336 \f
6337 /***********************************************************************
6338 File selection dialog
6339 ***********************************************************************/
6340
6341 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6342 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6343 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6344
6345 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6346 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6347 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6348 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6349 dialog does not support directories. */
6350 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6351 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6352 {
6353 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6354 {
6355 OFNOTIFYW * notify_w = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6356 OFNOTIFYA * notify_a = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6357 int dropdown_changed;
6358 int dir_index;
6359 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6360 const int use_unicode = 1;
6361 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6362 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6363 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6364
6365 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6366 if (use_unicode)
6367 dropdown_changed =
6368 notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6369 || notify_w->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6370 else
6371 dropdown_changed =
6372 notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6373 || notify_a->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE;
6374 if (dropdown_changed)
6375 {
6376 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6377 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6378 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6379 int hdr_code;
6380
6381 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6382 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6383 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6384 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6385 if (edit_control == NULL)
6386 {
6387 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6388 if (tmp)
6389 {
6390 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6391 if (tmp)
6392 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6393 }
6394 }
6395
6396 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6397 if (use_unicode)
6398 {
6399 dir_index = notify_w->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6400 hdr_code = notify_w->hdr.code;
6401 }
6402 else
6403 {
6404 dir_index = notify_a->lpOFN->nFilterIndex;
6405 hdr_code = notify_a->hdr.code;
6406 }
6407 if (dir_index == 2)
6408 {
6409 if (use_unicode)
6410 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6411 (LPARAM)L"Current Directory");
6412 else
6413 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6414 (LPARAM)"Current Directory");
6415 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6416 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6417 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6418 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6419 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6420 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6421 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6422 if (hdr_code == CDN_INITDONE)
6423 SetFocus (list);
6424 }
6425 else
6426 {
6427 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6428 if (hdr_code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6429 {
6430 if (use_unicode)
6431 SendMessageW (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6432 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)L"");
6433 else
6434 SendMessageA (dialog, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT,
6435 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD, (LPARAM)"");
6436 }
6437 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6438 }
6439 }
6440 }
6441 return 0;
6442 }
6443
6444 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6445 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6446 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6447 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6448 or directory must exist.
6449
6450 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6451 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6452 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories.
6453 On Windows 7 and later, the file selection dialog "remembers" the last
6454 directory where the user selected a file, and will open that directory
6455 instead of DIR on subsequent invocations of this function with the same
6456 value of DIR as in previous invocations; this is standard Windows behavior. */)
6457 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6458 {
6459 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6460 static const wchar_t filter_w[] = L"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6461 static const char filter_a[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
6462
6463 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6464 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6465 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6466 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6467 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6468
6469 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6470 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6471 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6472 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6473 struct {
6474 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6475 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6476 PVOID pvReserved;
6477 DWORD dwReserved;
6478 DWORD FlagsEx;
6479 #endif /* < win2k */
6480 } new_file_details_w;
6481
6482 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6483 wchar_t filename_buf_w[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6484 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6485 const int use_unicode = 1;
6486 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6487 struct {
6488 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6489 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6490 PVOID pvReserved;
6491 DWORD dwReserved;
6492 DWORD FlagsEx;
6493 #endif /* < win2k */
6494 } new_file_details_a;
6495 wchar_t filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_w[MAX_PATH];
6496 char filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH + 1], dir_a[MAX_PATH];
6497 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details_w = &new_file_details_w.details;
6498 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details_a = &new_file_details_a.details;
6499 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6500 wchar_t *prompt_w;
6501 char *prompt_a;
6502 int len;
6503 char fname_ret[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
6504 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6505
6506 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6507 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6508
6509 {
6510 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6511 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6512
6513 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6514 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6515 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6516 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6517
6518 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6519 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6520
6521 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6522
6523 if (STRINGP (filename))
6524 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6525 else
6526 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6527
6528 #ifdef CYGWIN
6529 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6530 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6531 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6532 #endif
6533
6534 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6535 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6536
6537 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6538 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6539 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6540 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6541 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6542 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6543
6544 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6545 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6546 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6547 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6548 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6549 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w))
6550 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6551
6552 memcpy (filename_buf_w, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6553 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6554 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6555 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6556 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6557
6558 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6559 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6560 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6561 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6562 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6563 if (SBYTES (filename) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH)
6564 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6565 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
6566 {
6567 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir), dir_w);
6568 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_w) != 0)
6569 {
6570 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6571 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6572 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_w[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6573 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6574 }
6575 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6576 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6577 if (len > 32768)
6578 len = 32768;
6579 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6580 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6581 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6582 }
6583 else
6584 {
6585 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir), dir_a);
6586 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename), filename_buf_a) != '\0')
6587 {
6588 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
6589 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
6590 if (errno == ENOENT && filename_buf_a[MAX_PATH - 1] != 0)
6591 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6592 }
6593 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6594 SSDATA (prompt), -1, NULL, 0);
6595 if (len > 32768)
6596 len = 32768;
6597 prompt_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
6598 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
6599 SSDATA (prompt), -1, prompt_w, len);
6600 len = pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6601 if (len > 32768)
6602 len = 32768;
6603 prompt_a = alloca (len);
6604 pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP, 0, prompt_w, -1, prompt_a, len, NULL, NULL);
6605 }
6606 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6607
6608 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6609 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6610 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6611 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6612 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6613 version. */
6614 if (use_unicode)
6615 {
6616 memset (&new_file_details_w, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w));
6617 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6618 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_w);
6619 else
6620 file_details_w->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_w);
6621 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6622 file_details_w->lpstrFile = filename_buf_w;
6623 file_details_w->nMaxFile =
6624 sizeof (filename_buf_w) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w);
6625 file_details_w->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6626 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6627 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6628 file_details_w->lpstrFilter = filter_w;
6629 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6630 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6631 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6632 #else
6633 file_details_w->lpstrInitialDir = dir_w;
6634 file_details_w->lpstrTitle = prompt_w;
6635 #endif
6636 file_details_w->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6637 file_details_w->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6638 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6639 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6640 {
6641 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6642 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6643 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6644 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6645 file_details_w->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6646 }
6647 }
6648 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6649 else
6650 {
6651 memset (&new_file_details_a, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a));
6652 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6653 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details_a);
6654 else
6655 file_details_a->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details_a);
6656 file_details_a->lpstrFile = filename_buf_a;
6657 file_details_a->nMaxFile =
6658 sizeof (filename_buf_a) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a);
6659 file_details_a->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6660 file_details_a->lpstrFilter = filter_a;
6661 file_details_a->lpstrInitialDir = dir_a;
6662 file_details_a->lpstrTitle = prompt_a;
6663 file_details_a->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6664 file_details_a->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6665 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6666 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6667 {
6668 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6669 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6670 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6671 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6672 file_details_a->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6673 }
6674 }
6675 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6676
6677 {
6678 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6679 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6680 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6681 block_input ();
6682 if (use_unicode)
6683 {
6684 file_details_w->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6685
6686 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w);
6687 }
6688 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6689 else
6690 {
6691 file_details_a->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6692
6693 file_opened = GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a);
6694 }
6695 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6696 unblock_input ();
6697 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6698 }
6699
6700 if (file_opened)
6701 {
6702 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6703 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6704 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w);
6705 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6706 if (use_unicode)
6707 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w, fname_ret);
6708 else
6709 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a, fname_ret);
6710 dostounix_filename (fname_ret);
6711 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret));
6712 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6713
6714 #ifdef CYGWIN
6715 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6716 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6717
6718 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6719 added it to select a directory. */
6720 if ((use_unicode && file_details_w->nFilterIndex == 2)
6721 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
6722 || (!use_unicode && file_details_a->nFilterIndex == 2)
6723 #endif
6724 )
6725 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6726 }
6727 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6728 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6729 filename = Qnil;
6730 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6731 else
6732 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6733 orig_prompt,
6734 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6735 orig_dir,
6736 mustmatch,
6737 orig_dir,
6738 Qfile_name_history,
6739 default_filename,
6740 Qnil);
6741
6742 UNGCPRO;
6743 }
6744
6745 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6746 if (NILP (filename))
6747 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6748
6749 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6750 }
6751
6752 \f
6753 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6754 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6755 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6756 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6757 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6758 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6759 (Lisp_Object filename)
6760 {
6761 Lisp_Object handler;
6762 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6763 Lisp_Object operation;
6764
6765 operation = Qdelete_file;
6766 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6767 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6768 {
6769 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6770 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6771 }
6772
6773 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
6774 Bin. */
6775 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6776
6777 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6778 if (!NILP (handler))
6779 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6780 else
6781 {
6782 const char * path;
6783 int result;
6784
6785 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6786
6787 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6788
6789 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
6790 Windows 9X. */
6791 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
6792 {
6793 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w;
6794 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
6795 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
6796 terminated. */
6797 wchar_t tmp_path_w[MAX_PATH + 1];
6798
6799 memset (tmp_path_w, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w));
6800 filename_to_utf16 (path, tmp_path_w);
6801
6802 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6803 _wchmod (tmp_path_w, 0666);
6804
6805 memset (&file_op_w, 0, sizeof (file_op_w));
6806 file_op_w.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6807 file_op_w.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6808 file_op_w.pFrom = tmp_path_w;
6809 file_op_w.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6810 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6811 file_op_w.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6812
6813 result = SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w);
6814 }
6815 else
6816 {
6817 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a;
6818 char tmp_path_a[MAX_PATH + 1];
6819
6820 memset (tmp_path_a, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a));
6821 filename_to_ansi (path, tmp_path_a);
6822
6823 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
6824 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
6825 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
6826 if (_mbspbrk (tmp_path_a, "?*"))
6827 result = ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND;
6828 else
6829 {
6830 _chmod (tmp_path_a, 0666);
6831
6832 memset (&file_op_a, 0, sizeof (file_op_a));
6833 file_op_a.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6834 file_op_a.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6835 file_op_a.pFrom = tmp_path_a;
6836 file_op_a.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6837 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6838 file_op_a.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6839
6840 result = SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a);
6841 }
6842 }
6843 if (result != 0)
6844 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6845 }
6846 return Qnil;
6847 }
6848
6849 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6850
6851 \f
6852 /***********************************************************************
6853 w32 specialized functions
6854 ***********************************************************************/
6855
6856 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6857 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6858 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6859 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6860 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6861 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6862 screen saver if defined.
6863
6864 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6865 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6866 {
6867 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6868
6869 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6870
6871 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6872
6873 return Qnil;
6874 }
6875
6876 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6877 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6878 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6879 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6880
6881 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6882 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6883 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6884 operations:
6885
6886 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6887 executable program (application). If it is an application,
6888 that application is launched in the current buffer's default
6889 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6890 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6891 \"opennew\" - like \"open\", but instruct the application to open
6892 DOCUMENT in a new window.
6893 \"openas\" - open the \"Open With\" dialog for DOCUMENT.
6894 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file.
6895 \"printto\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file, to a specified printer.
6896 The printer should be provided in PARAMETERS, see below.
6897 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT.
6898 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6899 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6900 specified DOCUMENT.
6901 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT, which must specify
6902 a directory.
6903 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
6904 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
6905 \"properties\"
6906 - open the the property sheet dialog for DOCUMENT; works
6907 for *.lnk desktop shortcuts, and little or nothing else.
6908 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6909 not defined or unavailable.
6910
6911 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6912 also be an executable program to run, or a directory to open in the
6913 Windows Explorer. If it is a file, it must be a local one; this
6914 function does not support remote file names.
6915
6916 If DOCUMENT is an executable program, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6917 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6918 to the program. Some values of OPERATION also require parameters (e.g.,
6919 \"printto\" requires the printer address). Otherwise, PARAMETERS should
6920 be nil or unspecified.
6921
6922 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6923 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6924 or unspecified, the application is displayed as if SHOW-FLAG of 10 was
6925 specified, otherwise it is an integer between 0 and 11 representing
6926 a ShowWindow flag:
6927
6928 0 - start hidden
6929 1 - start as normal-size window
6930 3 - start in a maximized window
6931 6 - start in a minimized window
6932 10 - start as the application itself specifies; this is the default. */)
6933 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6934 {
6935 char *errstr;
6936 Lisp_Object current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);;
6937 wchar_t *doc_w = NULL, *params_w = NULL, *ops_w = NULL;
6938 intptr_t result;
6939 #ifndef CYGWIN
6940 int use_unicode = w32_unicode_filenames;
6941 char *doc_a = NULL, *params_a = NULL, *ops_a = NULL;
6942 Lisp_Object absdoc, handler;
6943 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6944 #endif
6945
6946 CHECK_STRING (document);
6947
6948 #ifdef CYGWIN
6949 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6950 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6951
6952 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6953 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6954 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6955 doc_w = GUI_SDATA (document);
6956 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6957 {
6958 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6959 params_w = GUI_SDATA (parameters);
6960 }
6961 if (STRINGP (operation))
6962 {
6963 operation = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation);
6964 ops_w = GUI_SDATA (operation);
6965 }
6966 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
6967 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6968 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
6969 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
6970 #else /* !CYGWIN */
6971 current_dir = ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6972 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
6973 but its name includes leading directories, i.e. it lives not in
6974 CURRENT_DIR, but in its subdirectory, then ShellExecute below
6975 will fail to find it. So we need to make the file name is
6976 absolute. But DOCUMENT does not have to be a file, it can be a
6977 URL, for example. So we make it absolute only if it is an
6978 existing file; if it is a file that does not exist, tough. */
6979 GCPRO1 (absdoc);
6980 absdoc = Fexpand_file_name (document, Qnil);
6981 /* Don't call file handlers for file-exists-p, since they might
6982 attempt to access the file, which could fail or produce undesired
6983 consequences, see bug#16558 for an example. */
6984 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (absdoc, Qfile_exists_p);
6985 if (NILP (handler))
6986 {
6987 Lisp_Object absdoc_encoded = ENCODE_FILE (absdoc);
6988
6989 if (faccessat (AT_FDCWD, SSDATA (absdoc_encoded), F_OK, AT_EACCESS) == 0)
6990 {
6991 /* ShellExecute fails if DOCUMENT is a UNC with forward
6992 slashes (expand-file-name above converts all backslashes
6993 to forward slashes). Now that we know DOCUMENT is a
6994 file, we can mirror all forward slashes into backslashes. */
6995 unixtodos_filename (SSDATA (absdoc_encoded));
6996 document = absdoc_encoded;
6997 }
6998 else
6999 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
7000 }
7001 else
7002 document = ENCODE_FILE (document);
7003 UNGCPRO;
7004 if (use_unicode)
7005 {
7006 wchar_t document_w[MAX_PATH], current_dir_w[MAX_PATH];
7007
7008 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters, and
7009 convert operation to UTF-16. */
7010 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_w);
7011 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (document), document_w);
7012 doc_w = document_w;
7013 if (STRINGP (parameters))
7014 {
7015 int len;
7016
7017 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
7018 len = pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
7019 SSDATA (parameters), -1, NULL, 0);
7020 if (len > 32768)
7021 len = 32768;
7022 params_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
7023 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS,
7024 SSDATA (parameters), -1, params_w, len);
7025 }
7026 if (STRINGP (operation))
7027 {
7028 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7029 const char *s = SSDATA (operation);
7030 wchar_t *d;
7031 int len = SBYTES (operation) + 1;
7032
7033 if (len > 32768)
7034 len = 32768;
7035 d = ops_w = alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
7036 while (d < ops_w + len - 1)
7037 *d++ = *s++;
7038 *d = 0;
7039 }
7040 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL, ops_w, doc_w, params_w,
7041 current_dir_w,
7042 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7043 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7044 }
7045 else
7046 {
7047 char document_a[MAX_PATH], current_dir_a[MAX_PATH];
7048
7049 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir), current_dir_a);
7050 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (document), document_a);
7051 doc_a = document_a;
7052 if (STRINGP (parameters))
7053 {
7054 parameters = ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
7055 params_a = SSDATA (parameters);
7056 }
7057 if (STRINGP (operation))
7058 {
7059 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7060 ops_a = SSDATA (operation);
7061 }
7062 result = (intptr_t) ShellExecuteA (NULL, ops_a, doc_a, params_a,
7063 current_dir_a,
7064 (INTEGERP (show_flag)
7065 ? XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT));
7066 }
7067 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
7068
7069 if (result > 32)
7070 return Qt;
7071
7072 switch (result)
7073 {
7074 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED:
7075 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
7076 break;
7077 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE:
7078 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC:
7079 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION);
7080 break;
7081 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY:
7082 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL:
7083 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL);
7084 break;
7085 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT:
7086 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT);
7087 break;
7088 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND:
7089 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND);
7090 break;
7091 case SE_ERR_FNF:
7092 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND);
7093 break;
7094 case SE_ERR_OOM:
7095 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY);
7096 break;
7097 case SE_ERR_PNF:
7098 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND);
7099 break;
7100 case SE_ERR_SHARE:
7101 errstr = w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION);
7102 break;
7103 default:
7104 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
7105 break;
7106 }
7107 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
7108 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
7109 {
7110 Lisp_Object decoded =
7111 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
7112 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
7113 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
7114 }
7115 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
7119 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
7120 lispy_function_keys. */
7121 static int
7122 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
7123 {
7124 int i;
7125
7126 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
7127 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
7128 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
7129 return i;
7130
7131 return -1;
7132 }
7133
7134 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
7135 definition. */
7136 static Lisp_Object
7137 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
7138 {
7139 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
7140 register Lisp_Object c;
7141 int vk_code;
7142 int lisp_modifiers;
7143 int w32_modifiers;
7144 struct gcpro gcpro1;
7145
7146 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
7147
7148 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
7149 return Qnil;
7150
7151 GCPRO1 (key);
7152
7153 c = AREF (key, 0);
7154
7155 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
7156 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
7157
7158 UNGCPRO;
7159
7160 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
7161 error ("Key definition is invalid");
7162
7163 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
7164 if (SYMBOLP (c))
7165 {
7166 c = parse_modifiers (c);
7167 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
7168 c = Fcar (c);
7169 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
7170 emacs_abort ();
7171 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
7172 }
7173 else if (INTEGERP (c))
7174 {
7175 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
7176 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
7177 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
7178 }
7179
7180 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
7181 return Qnil;
7182
7183 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
7184 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
7185 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
7186
7187 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
7188 #ifndef MOD_ALT
7189 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
7190 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
7191 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
7192 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
7193 #endif
7194
7195 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
7196 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
7197 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
7198 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
7199 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
7200
7201 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
7202 }
7203
7204 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
7205 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7206 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
7207 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
7208 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
7209 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
7210 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
7211
7212 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
7213 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
7214 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
7215 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
7216
7217 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
7218 (Lisp_Object key)
7219 {
7220 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7221
7222 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
7223 {
7224 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
7225 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
7226
7227 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
7228 if (NILP (item))
7229 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7230 else
7231 XSETCAR (item, key);
7232
7233 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
7234 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
7235 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7236 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
7237 }
7238
7239 return key;
7240 }
7241
7242 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
7243 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7244 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
7245 (Lisp_Object key)
7246 {
7247 Lisp_Object item;
7248
7249 if (!INTEGERP (key))
7250 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
7251
7252 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
7253
7254 if (!NILP (item))
7255 {
7256 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
7257 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
7258 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
7259 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
7260 {
7261 MSG msg;
7262 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7263 }
7264 return Qt;
7265 }
7266 return Qnil;
7267 }
7268
7269 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
7270 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
7271 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
7272 (void)
7273 {
7274 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
7275 }
7276
7277 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
7278 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
7279 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
7280 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
7281 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
7282 {
7283 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
7284 Lisp_Object key;
7285
7286 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
7287
7288 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
7289 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
7290
7291 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
7292 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
7293 else
7294 key = make_number (vk_code);
7295
7296 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
7297 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
7298 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
7299 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
7300 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
7301 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
7302 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
7303 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
7304 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
7305
7306 return key;
7307 }
7308
7309 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
7310 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
7311 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
7312 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
7313 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
7314 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
7315 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
7316 {
7317 int vk_code;
7318
7319 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
7320 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
7321 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
7322 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
7323 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
7324 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
7325 else
7326 return Qnil;
7327
7328 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
7329 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
7330
7331 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
7332 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
7333 {
7334 MSG msg;
7335 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
7336 return make_number (msg.wParam);
7337 }
7338 return Qnil;
7339 }
7340
7341 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
7342 2, 2, 0,
7343 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
7344
7345 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
7346 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
7347 {
7348 HWND hnd;
7349
7350 if (!NILP (class))
7351 CHECK_STRING (class);
7352 if (!NILP (name))
7353 CHECK_STRING (name);
7354
7355 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
7356 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
7357 if (!hnd)
7358 return Qnil;
7359 return Qt;
7360 }
7361
7362 DEFUN ("w32-frame-rect", Fw32_frame_rect, Sw32_frame_rect, 0, 2, 0,
7363 doc: /* Return boundary rectangle of FRAME in screen coordinates.
7364 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one.
7365
7366 The boundary rectangle is a list of four elements, specifying the left,
7367 top, right and bottom screen coordinates of FRAME including menu and
7368 title bar and decorations. Optional argument CLIENT non-nil means to
7369 return the boundaries of the client rectangle which excludes menu and
7370 title bar and decorations. */)
7371 (Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object client)
7372 {
7373 struct frame *f = decode_live_frame (frame);
7374 RECT rect;
7375
7376 if (!NILP (client))
7377 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7378 else
7379 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
7380
7381 return list4 (make_number (rect.left), make_number (rect.top),
7382 make_number (rect.right), make_number (rect.bottom));
7383 }
7384
7385 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
7386 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
7387
7388 The following %-sequences are provided:
7389 %L AC line status (verbose)
7390 %B Battery status (verbose)
7391 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
7392 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
7393 %p Battery load percentage
7394 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
7395 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
7396 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
7397 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
7398 (void)
7399 {
7400 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
7401
7402 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
7403 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
7404 {
7405 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
7406 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
7407
7408 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
7409
7410 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
7411 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
7412 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
7413 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
7414 else
7415 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
7416
7417 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
7418 {
7419 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
7420 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7421 }
7422 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
7423 {
7424 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
7425 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
7426 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
7427 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
7428 }
7429 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
7430 {
7431 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
7432 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
7433 }
7434 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
7435 {
7436 battery_status = build_string ("low");
7437 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
7438 }
7439 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
7440 {
7441 battery_status = build_string ("high");
7442 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7443 }
7444 else
7445 {
7446 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
7447 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
7448 }
7449
7450 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
7451 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
7452 else
7453 {
7454 char buffer[16];
7455 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
7456 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7457 }
7458
7459 if (seconds_left < 0)
7460 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7461 else
7462 {
7463 long m;
7464 float h;
7465 char buffer[16];
7466 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7467 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7468
7469 m = seconds_left / 60;
7470 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7471 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7472
7473 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7474 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7475 hours = build_string (buffer);
7476
7477 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7478 remain = build_string (buffer);
7479 }
7480
7481 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7482 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7483 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7484 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7485 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7486 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7487 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7488 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7489 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7490 }
7491 return status;
7492 }
7493
7494 \f
7495 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7496 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7497 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7498 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7499 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7500 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7501 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7502 (Lisp_Object filename)
7503 {
7504 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7505
7506 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7507 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7508 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7509
7510 value = Qnil;
7511
7512 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7513 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7514 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7515 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7516 added rather late on. */
7517 {
7518 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7519 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW)
7520 (wchar_t *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7521 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
7522 BOOL (WINAPI *pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA)
7523 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7524 = GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
7525 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx =
7526 (w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
7527 || !w32_unicode_filenames && pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA);
7528
7529 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7530 volume holding FILENAME. */
7531 char rootname[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7532 wchar_t rootname_w[MAX_PATH];
7533 char rootname_a[MAX_PATH];
7534 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7535 BOOL result;
7536
7537 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7538 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7539 {
7540 rootname[0] = name[0];
7541 rootname[1] = name[1];
7542 rootname[2] = '\\';
7543 rootname[3] = 0;
7544 }
7545 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7546 {
7547 char *str = rootname;
7548 int slashes = 4;
7549 do
7550 {
7551 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7552 break;
7553 *str++ = *name++;
7554 }
7555 while ( *name );
7556
7557 *str++ = '\\';
7558 *str = 0;
7559 }
7560
7561 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7562 filename_to_utf16 (rootname, rootname_w);
7563 else
7564 filename_to_ansi (rootname, rootname_a);
7565
7566 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7567 {
7568 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7569 use signed ones instead. */
7570 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7571 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7572 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7573
7574 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7575 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w,
7576 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7577 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7578 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7579 else
7580 result = pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a,
7581 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7582 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7583 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes);
7584 if (result)
7585 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7586 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7587 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7588 }
7589 else
7590 {
7591 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7592 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7593 DWORD free_clusters;
7594 DWORD total_clusters;
7595
7596 if (w32_unicode_filenames)
7597 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w,
7598 &sectors_per_cluster,
7599 &bytes_per_sector,
7600 &free_clusters,
7601 &total_clusters);
7602 else
7603 result = GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a,
7604 &sectors_per_cluster,
7605 &bytes_per_sector,
7606 &free_clusters,
7607 &total_clusters);
7608 if (result)
7609 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7610 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7611 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7612 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7613 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7614 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7615 }
7616 }
7617
7618 return value;
7619 }
7620 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7621
7622 \f
7623 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7624 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7625 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7626 (void)
7627 {
7628 static char pname_buf[256];
7629 int err;
7630 HANDLE hPrn;
7631 PRINTER_INFO_2W *ppi2w = NULL;
7632 PRINTER_INFO_2A *ppi2a = NULL;
7633 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7634 char server_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH], share_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7635 char port_name[MAX_UTF8_PATH];
7636
7637 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7638 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7639 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7640 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7641 return Qnil;
7642 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7643 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7644 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7645 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7646 return Qnil;
7647 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
7648 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7649 GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7650 else
7651 GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7652 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7653 {
7654 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7655 return Qnil;
7656 }
7657 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7658 if (w32_unicode_filenames && os_subtype != OS_9X)
7659 {
7660 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
7661 ppi2w = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7662 err = GetPrinterW (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2w, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7663 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7664 if (!err)
7665 {
7666 xfree (ppi2w);
7667 return Qnil;
7668 }
7669
7670 if ((ppi2w->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7671 && ppi2w->pServerName)
7672 {
7673 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pServerName, server_name);
7674 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pShareName, share_name);
7675 }
7676 else
7677 {
7678 server_name[0] = '\0';
7679 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w->pPortName, port_name);
7680 }
7681 }
7682 else
7683 {
7684 ppi2a = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7685 err = GetPrinterA (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2a, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7686 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7687 if (!err)
7688 {
7689 xfree (ppi2a);
7690 return Qnil;
7691 }
7692
7693 if ((ppi2a->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED)
7694 && ppi2a->pServerName)
7695 {
7696 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pServerName, server_name);
7697 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pShareName, share_name);
7698 }
7699 else
7700 {
7701 server_name[0] = '\0';
7702 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a->pPortName, port_name);
7703 }
7704 }
7705
7706 if (server_name[0])
7707 {
7708 /* a remote printer */
7709 if (server_name[0] == '\\')
7710 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", server_name,
7711 share_name);
7712 else
7713 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name,
7714 share_name);
7715 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7716 }
7717 else
7718 {
7719 /* a local printer */
7720 strncpy (pname_buf, port_name, sizeof (pname_buf));
7721 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7722 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7723 * we only use the first one. */
7724 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7725 }
7726
7727 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf));
7728 }
7729 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7730 \f
7731
7732 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7733 char *
7734 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7735 {
7736 static char buf[500];
7737 DWORD ret;
7738
7739 if (error_no == 0)
7740 error_no = GetLastError ();
7741
7742 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7743 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7744 NULL,
7745 error_no,
7746 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7747 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7748
7749 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7750 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7751 --ret;
7752 buf[ret] = '\0';
7753 if (!ret)
7754 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7755
7756 return buf;
7757 }
7758
7759 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7760 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7761 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7762 DWORD
7763 w32_last_error (void)
7764 {
7765 return GetLastError ();
7766 }
7767
7768 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7769 void
7770 cache_system_info (void)
7771 {
7772 union
7773 {
7774 struct info
7775 {
7776 char major;
7777 char minor;
7778 short platform;
7779 } info;
7780 DWORD data;
7781 } version;
7782
7783 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7784 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7785
7786 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7787 version.data = GetVersion ();
7788 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7789 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7790
7791 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7792 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7793 else
7794 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7795
7796 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7797 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7798 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7799
7800 /* Cache os info. */
7801 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7802 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7803
7804 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7805 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7806 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7807
7808 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7809 }
7810
7811 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7812 void
7813 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7814 {
7815 char buf[1024];
7816 va_list args;
7817
7818 va_start (args, fmt);
7819 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7820 va_end (args);
7821 #if CYGWIN
7822 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7823 #endif
7824 OutputDebugString (buf);
7825 }
7826 #endif
7827
7828 int
7829 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7830 {
7831 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7832
7833 if (NILP (new_state)
7834 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7835 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7836 {
7837 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7838 faked_key = vk_code;
7839 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7840
7841 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7842 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7843 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7844 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7845 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7846 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7847 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7848 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7849 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7850 cur_state = !cur_state;
7851 }
7852
7853 return cur_state;
7854 }
7855
7856 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7857 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7858 int
7859 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7860 {
7861 int retval = 0;
7862
7863 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7864 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7865 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7866 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7867 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7868 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7869
7870 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7871 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7872
7873 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7874 {
7875 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7876 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7877 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7878 retval |= meta_modifier;
7879 }
7880
7881 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7882 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7883 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7884 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7885 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7886 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7887 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7888 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7889
7890 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7891 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7892 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7893 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7894 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7895 || (key == VK_TAB)
7896 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7897 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7898 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7899 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7900 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7901 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7902 ))
7903 {
7904 /* Only consider shift state. */
7905 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7906 retval |= shift_modifier;
7907 }
7908 else
7909 {
7910 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7911 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7912 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7913 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7914 retval |= shift_modifier;
7915 }
7916
7917 return retval;
7918 }
7919
7920 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7921 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7922 input codepage. */
7923 int
7924 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7925 {
7926 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7927 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7928 BYTE keystate[256];
7929 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7930 static int isdead = 0;
7931
7932 if (isdead == 2)
7933 {
7934 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7935 isdead = 0;
7936 return 1;
7937 }
7938 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7939 return 1;
7940
7941 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7942 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7943 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7944 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7945 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7946 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7947 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7948 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7949 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7950 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7951 {
7952 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7953 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7954 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7955 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7956 }
7957
7958 #if 0
7959 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7960 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7961 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7962 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7963 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7964 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7965 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7966 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7967 return 0;
7968 #endif
7969
7970 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7971 console input codepage. */
7972 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7973 {
7974 WCHAR buf[128];
7975
7976 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7977 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7978 if (isdead > 0)
7979 {
7980 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7981 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7982 number, to use below. */
7983 if (cpId == -1)
7984 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7985
7986 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7987 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7988 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7989 }
7990 else
7991 isdead = 0;
7992 }
7993 else
7994 {
7995 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7996 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7997 }
7998
7999 if (isdead == 0)
8000 return 0;
8001 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
8002 return isdead;
8003 }
8004
8005
8006 void
8007 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
8008 {
8009 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
8010 {
8011 Beep (666, 100);
8012 }
8013 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
8014 {
8015 /* Do nothing. */
8016 }
8017 else
8018 MessageBeep (sound_type);
8019 }
8020
8021 \f
8022 /***********************************************************************
8023 Initialization
8024 ***********************************************************************/
8025
8026 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
8027 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
8028
8029 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
8030 {
8031 x_set_autoraise,
8032 x_set_autolower,
8033 x_set_background_color,
8034 x_set_border_color,
8035 x_set_border_width,
8036 x_set_cursor_color,
8037 x_set_cursor_type,
8038 x_set_font,
8039 x_set_foreground_color,
8040 x_set_icon_name,
8041 x_set_icon_type,
8042 x_set_internal_border_width,
8043 x_set_right_divider_width,
8044 x_set_bottom_divider_width,
8045 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
8046 x_set_mouse_color,
8047 x_explicitly_set_name,
8048 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
8049 x_set_title,
8050 x_set_unsplittable,
8051 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
8052 x_set_visibility,
8053 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
8054 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
8055 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
8056 x_set_screen_gamma,
8057 x_set_line_spacing,
8058 x_set_fringe_width,
8059 x_set_fringe_width,
8060 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
8061 x_set_fullscreen,
8062 x_set_font_backend,
8063 x_set_alpha,
8064 0, /* x_set_sticky */
8065 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
8066 };
8067
8068 void
8069 syms_of_w32fns (void)
8070 {
8071 globals_of_w32fns ();
8072 track_mouse_window = NULL;
8073
8074 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
8075
8076 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
8077 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
8078 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
8079 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
8080 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
8081 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
8082 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
8083 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
8084 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
8085 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
8086 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
8087 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
8088 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
8089 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
8090 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
8091 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
8092
8093
8094 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
8095 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
8096 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
8097 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
8098
8099 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
8100 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
8101
8102 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
8103 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
8104 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
8105
8106 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
8107 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
8108 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
8109 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
8110 then silently swallows them. */);
8111 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
8112
8113 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
8114 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
8115 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
8116 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
8117
8118 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
8119 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
8120 w32_quit_key = 0;
8121
8122 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
8123 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
8124 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8125
8126 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8127 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8128 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
8129
8130 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8131 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8132 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8133 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8134 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8135 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
8136
8137 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
8138 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
8139 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
8140
8141 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
8142 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
8143 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
8144
8145 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
8146 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
8147 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
8148 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
8149 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
8150 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
8151
8152 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
8153 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
8154 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
8155 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
8156
8157 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
8158 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
8159 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
8160 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
8161 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
8162 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
8163
8164 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
8165 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
8166 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
8167 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
8168 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
8169
8170 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
8171 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
8172 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
8173 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
8174 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
8175
8176 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
8177 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
8178 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
8179 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8180 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
8181 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
8182 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
8183
8184 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
8185 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
8186 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
8187 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8188 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
8189 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8190 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8191
8192 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
8193 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
8194 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
8195 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8196 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
8197 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8198 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
8199
8200 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
8201 Vw32_apps_modifier,
8202 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
8203 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
8204 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
8205 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
8206 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
8207
8208 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
8209 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
8210 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
8211
8212 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
8213 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
8214 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
8215
8216 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
8217 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
8218 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
8219 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8220 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
8221 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
8222 button down event is generated instead. */);
8223 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
8224
8225 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
8226 w32_mouse_move_interval,
8227 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
8228 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
8229 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
8230 reported as lisp events. */);
8231 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
8232
8233 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
8234 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
8235 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
8236 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
8237 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
8238 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
8239 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
8240 system to handle them. */);
8241 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
8242
8243 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
8244 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
8245 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
8246 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
8247 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
8248 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
8249 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
8250 may be available are:
8251
8252 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
8253 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
8254 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
8255 app-1, app-2,
8256 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
8257 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
8258 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
8259 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
8260 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
8261 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
8262 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
8263 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
8264 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
8265
8266 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
8267 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
8268 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
8269 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
8270 unless you set the mouse color. */);
8271 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8272
8273 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8274
8275 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8276
8277 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
8278 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
8279 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8280 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8281 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8282
8283 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
8284 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
8285 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
8286 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8287 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8288 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
8289
8290 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
8291 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
8292 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
8293 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8294 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8295 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
8296
8297 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
8298 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape,
8299 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
8300 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
8301 or when you set the mouse color. */);
8302 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape = Qnil;
8303 #endif
8304
8305 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
8306 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
8307 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
8308
8309 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
8310 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
8311 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
8312 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
8313
8314 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
8315 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
8316 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
8317 unless you set it to something else. */);
8318 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
8319 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
8320 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
8321
8322 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
8323 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
8324 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
8325
8326 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
8327 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
8328 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
8329 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
8330 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
8331
8332 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
8333 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
8334 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
8335 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
8336
8337 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
8338 w32_strict_fontnames,
8339 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
8340 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
8341 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
8342 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
8343 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
8344 fontsets are automatically created. */);
8345 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
8346
8347 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
8348 w32_strict_painting,
8349 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
8350 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
8351 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
8352 w32_strict_painting = 1;
8353
8354 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
8355 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
8356 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
8357 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
8358 #endif
8359 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
8360 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
8361 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
8362 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
8363 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
8364 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
8365 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
8366 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
8367 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
8368 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
8369 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
8370 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
8371 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
8372 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
8373 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
8374 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
8375 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
8376 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
8377 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
8378 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
8379 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
8380 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
8381
8382 /* W32 specific functions */
8383
8384 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
8385 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
8386 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
8387 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
8388 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
8389 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
8390 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
8391 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
8392 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
8393 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
8394 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
8395 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_rect);
8396 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
8397
8398 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8399 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
8400 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
8401 #endif
8402
8403 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
8404
8405 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
8406
8407 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
8408 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
8409 tip_timer = Qnil;
8410 staticpro (&tip_timer);
8411 tip_frame = Qnil;
8412 staticpro (&tip_frame);
8413
8414 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
8415 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
8416
8417 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
8418 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
8419 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
8420 #endif
8421 }
8422
8423 \f
8424
8425 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
8426
8427 #ifndef CYGWIN
8428 static LONG CALLBACK my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS *);
8429 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler;
8430 #endif
8431 static DWORD except_code;
8432 static PVOID except_addr;
8433
8434 #ifndef CYGWIN
8435 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
8436 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
8437 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
8438 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
8439 exception handler in the MinGW startup code di the one that
8440 crashed. */
8441 static LONG CALLBACK
8442 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS * exception_data)
8443 {
8444 except_code = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode;
8445 except_addr = exception_data->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionAddress;
8446
8447 if (prev_exception_handler)
8448 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data);
8449 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
8450 }
8451 #endif
8452
8453 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
8454 PULONG);
8455
8456 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
8457
8458 int
8459 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
8460 {
8461 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
8462 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
8463
8464 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8465 {
8466 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
8467 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
8468 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
8469 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
8470 }
8471 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
8472 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
8473 buffer, NULL);
8474 return 0;
8475 }
8476
8477 void
8478 emacs_abort (void)
8479 {
8480 int button;
8481 button = MessageBox (NULL,
8482 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
8483 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
8484 "Select:\n"
8485 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
8486 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
8487 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
8488 #if __GNUC__
8489 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
8490 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
8491 #endif
8492 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
8493 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
8494 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
8495 switch (button)
8496 {
8497 case IDYES:
8498 DebugBreak ();
8499 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
8500 case IDNO:
8501 default:
8502 {
8503 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
8504 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
8505
8506 if (i)
8507 {
8508 int errfile_fd = -1;
8509 int j;
8510 char buf[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
8511 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
8512 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
8513 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
8514 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
8515 integer type. */
8516 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
8517 #ifdef CYGWIN
8518 int stderr_fd = 2;
8519 #else
8520 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8521 int stderr_fd = -1;
8522
8523 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8524 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8525 #endif
8526
8527 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
8528 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
8529 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
8530 if (except_addr)
8531 sprintf (buf, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
8532 except_code, except_addr);
8533 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8534 {
8535 if (except_addr)
8536 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8537 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8538 }
8539 #ifdef CYGWIN
8540 #define _open open
8541 #endif
8542 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8543 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8544 {
8545 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8546 if (except_addr)
8547 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8548 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8549 }
8550
8551 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8552 {
8553 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8554 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8555 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8556 sprintf (buf, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8557 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8558 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8559 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8560 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8561 }
8562 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8563 {
8564 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8565 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8566 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8567 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8568 }
8569 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8570 close (errfile_fd);
8571 }
8572 abort ();
8573 break;
8574 }
8575 }
8576 }
8577
8578 \f
8579
8580 /* Initialization. */
8581
8582 /*
8583 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
8584 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
8585 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
8586 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
8587 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
8588 is non zero.
8589 */
8590 void
8591 globals_of_w32fns (void)
8592 {
8593 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
8594 /*
8595 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
8596 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
8597 */
8598 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
8599 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
8600
8601 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
8602 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
8603 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
8604 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
8605 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
8606 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
8607 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
8608 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
8609
8610 {
8611 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
8612 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
8613 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
8614 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
8615 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
8616 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
8617 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
8618 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
8619 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
8620 }
8621
8622 except_code = 0;
8623 except_addr = 0;
8624 #ifndef CYGWIN
8625 prev_exception_handler = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler);
8626 #endif
8627
8628 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
8629 w32_ansi_code_page,
8630 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
8631 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
8632
8633 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
8634 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
8635 else
8636 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
8637
8638 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
8639 InitCommonControls ();
8640
8641 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
8642 }
8643
8644 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8645
8646 Lisp_Object
8647 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8648 {
8649 Lisp_Object encoded;
8650 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8651 return encoded;
8652 }
8653
8654 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */